Download Cisco C85-SIMM-16MB - Upgrade From 8MB Specifications

DIGITAL LASER MFP
SCX-5X30 Series
SCX-5530FN/XAZ
Basic Model : SCX-5530FN
SERVICE
DIGITAL LASER PRINT
Manual
The keynote of Product
[Key Features]
- 28 ppm Print speed/20 cpm Copy Speed
(Printing Speed: A4/28ppm,Letter/30ppm)
- 1200 dpi Print Resolution (Addressable)
- PCL6, PS3(SCX-5530FN)
- CPU: Chorusm
- Network Solution: Scan-to-Email, Scan-to-SMB,
Scan-to-FTP
- 64MB System Memory/32MB DIMM(5530FN)
- 50 ADF / MP 50 Sheet
- 250 sh Paper Input / 150 sh Paper Output
- 33.6 Kbps Fax Modem (5530FN only)
- Duplex Print (5530FN only)
- Direct USB Connectivity 2nd Version
(PDF Direct Printing) (5530FN only)
- Small Foot Print
- Toner: 4K(Initial)/ 8K(sales)
Contents
1. Precautions
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Safety Warning
Caution for safety
ESD Precautions
Super Capacitor or Lithium Battery Precautions
1-1
1-2
1-5
1-5
2. Product Specification
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Product Overview
Product General Specifications
Model Comparison Table
ACCESSROY
Options
2-1
2-2
2-7
2-7
2-8
3. System Overview
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
System Construction
Mechanical Parts Specifications
Engine F/W
S/W Descriptions
3-1
3-8
3-31
3-34
4. Alignment and Adjustments
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Paper path
Clearing Paper Jams
User Mode
Tech Mode
Identify Sale Date
Consumables and Replacement Parts
Abnormal Image Printing and Defective Roller
Display LED and Error Messages
4-1
4-2
4-8
4-14
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
Continued
5. Disassembly and Reassembly
5.1 General Precautions on Disassembly
5.2 Disassembly and Reassembly
5-1
5-2
6. Troubleshooting
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
Procedure of Checking the Symptoms
Paper Feeding Problems
Printing Problems (malfunction)
Printing Quality Problems
Fax & Phone Problems
Copy Problems
Scanning Problems
Toner Cartridge Service
Network Problems Troubleshooting
6-1
6-2
6-6
6-12
6-19
6-23
6-25
6-26
6-30
7. Exploded Views & Parts List
7.1 Main Exploded Views
7.2 Cover Ass'y
7.3 Middle Cover Ass'y
7.4 Front Cover Ass'y
7.5 Rear Cover Ass'y
7.6 Frame Assembly
7.7 Fuser Drive Ass'y
7.8 Main Drive Ass’y
7.9 MP Ass'y
7.10 Scan Ass'y
7.11 Platen Ass'y
7.12 Cover Platen Ass'y
7-2
7-4
7-6
7-8
7-10
7-12
7-16
7-18
7-20
7-22
7-24
7-26
Continued
7.14
7.15
7.16
7.17
OPE Unit
Cassette Ass'y
Fuser Ass’y
Duplex Unit(Optional)
7-31
7-33
7-35
7-37
8. Block diagram
9. Connection Diagram
10. Schematic Diagram
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
Schematic Main
DIMM board
CRUM board
OPE_3in1
OPE_4in1
10.5 HVPS
10.6 SMPS_V1
SMPS_V2
10.7 SCF
10.8 ADF PBA
10.9 Modem
10.10 Connection
10.11 Terminal
10-1
10-16
10-18
10-19
10-20
10-21
10-24
10-25
10-26
10-28
10-29
10-33
10-34
11. Power Signal
11.1 Main Board Power signal
11.2 OPE / ADF Power signal
11.3 HVPS / Voltage map
11-1
11-2
11-3
Continued
12. Reference Information
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
Tool for Troubleshooting
Acronyms and Abbreviations
The Sample Pattern for the Test
Wireless LAN
12-1
12-2
12-3
12-4
1
Precautions
1. Precautions
In order to prevent accidents and to prevent damage to the equipment please read the precautions listed
below carefully before servicing the printer and follow them closely.
1.1 Safety Warning
(1) Only to be serviced by appropriately qualified service engineers.
High voltages and lasers inside this product are dangerous. This printer should only be serviced by a suitably
trained and qualified service engineer.
(2) Use only Samsung replacement parts
There are no user serviceable parts inside the printer. Do not make any unauthorized changes or
additions to the printer, these could cause the printer to malfunction and create electric shock or fire haz-ards.
(3) Laser Safety Statement
The Printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR, chapter 1 Subchapter J for
Class 1(1) laser products, and elsewhere, it is certified as a Class I laser product
con-forming to the requirements of IEC 825. Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The
laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class I
level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service condition.
Warning >> Never operate or service the printer with the protective cover removed from Laser/Scanner assembly. The
reflected beam, although invisible, can damage your eyes. When using this product, these basic safety
pre-cautions should always be followed to reduce risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons.
CAUTION - INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION
WHEN THIS COVER OPEN.
DO NOT OPEN THIS COVER.
VORSICHT - UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG,
WENN ABDECKUNG GE FFNET.
NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.
ATTENTION - RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS
D OUVERTURE. EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE
AU FAISCEAU.
ATTENZIONE - RADIAZIONE LASER INVISIBILE IN CASO DI
APERTURA. EVITARE L ESPOSIZIONE AL
FASCIO.
PRECAUCION - RADIACION LASER IVISIBLE CUANDO SE ABRE.
EVITAR EXPONERSE AL RAYO.
ADVARSEL. - USYNLIG LASERSTR LNING VED BNING, N R
SIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AF FUNKTION.
UNDG UDSAETTELSE FOR STR LNING.
ADVARSEL. - USYNLIG LASERSTR LNING N R DEKSEL
PNES. STIRR IKKE INN I STR LEN.
UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN.
VARNING - OSYNLIG LASERSTR LNING N R DENNA DEL
R PPNAD OCH SP RREN R URKOPPLAD.
BETRAKTA EJ STR LEN. STR LEN R FARLIG.
VARO! - AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS OHITETTAESSA
OLET ALTTIINA N KYM TT M LLE LASERS TEILYLLE L KATSO S TEESEEN.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
1-1
Precautions
1.2 Caution for safety
1.2.1 Toxic material
This product contains toxic materials that could cause illness if ingested.
(1) If the LCD control panel is damaged it is possible for the liquid inside to leak. This liquid is toxic. Contact with the skin
should be avoided, wash any splashes from eyes or skin immediately and contact your doctor. If the liquid gets into
the mouth or is swallowed see a doctor immediately.
(2) Please keep toner cartridges away from children. The toner powder contained in the toner cartridge may be harmful
and if swallowed you should contact a doctor.
1.2.2 Electric Shock and Fire Safety Precautions
Failure to follow the following instructions could cause electric shock or potentially cause a fire.
(1) Use only the correct voltage, failure to do so could damage the printer and potentially cause a fire or electric
shock.
(2) Use only the power cable supplied with the printer. Use of an incorrectly specified cable could cause the cable
to overheat and potentially cause a fire.
(3) Do not overload the power socket, this could lead to overheating of the cables inside the wall and could lead to
a fire.
(4) Do not allow water or other liquids to spill into the printer, this can cause electric shock. Do not allow paper
clips, pins or other foreign objects to fall into the printer these could cause a short circuit leading to an electric
shock or fire hazard..
(5) Never touch the plugs on either end of the power cable with wet hands, this can cause electric shock. When
servicing the printer remove the power plug from the wall socket.
(6) Use caution when inserting or removing the power connector. The power connector must be inserted completely otherwise a poor contact could cause overheating possibly leading to a fire. When removing the power
connector grip it firmly and pull.
(7) Take care of the power cable. Do not allow it to become twisted, bent sharply round corners or other wise
damaged. Do not place objects on top of the power cable. If the power cable is damaged it could overheat and
cause a fire or exposed cables could cause an electric shock. Replace a damaged power cable immediately,
do not reuse or repair the damaged cable. Some chemicals can attack the coating on the power cable,
weakening the cover or exposing cables causing fire and shock risks.
(8) Ensure that the power sockets and plugs are not cracked or broken in any way. Any such defects should be
repaired immediately. Take care not to cut or damage the power cable or plugs when moving the machine.
(9) Use caution during thunder or lightening storms. Samsung recommend that this machine be disconnected from
the power source when such weather conditions are expected. Do not touch the machine or the power cord if it
is still connected to the wall socket in these weather conditions.
(10) Avoid damp or dusty areas, install the printer in a clean well ventilated location. Do not position the machine
near a humidifier. Damp and dust build up inside the machine can lead to overheating and cause a fire.
(11) Do not position the printer in direct sunlight. This will cause the temperature inside the printer to rise possibly
leading to the printer failing to work properly and in extreme conditions could lead to a fire.
(12) Do not insert any metal objects into the machine through the ventilator fan or other part of the casing, it could
make contact with a high voltage conductor inside the machine and cause an electric shock.
1-2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Precautions
1.2.3 Handling Precautions
The following instructions are for your own personal safety, to avoid injury and so as not to damage the printer
(1) Ensure the printer is installed on a level surface, capable of supporting its weight. Failure to do so could cause
the printer to tip or fall.
(2) The printer contains many rollers, gears and fans. Take great care to ensure that you do not catch your fingers,
hair or clothing in any of these rotating devices.
(3) Do not place any small metal objects, containers of water, chemicals or other liquids close to the printer which if
spilled could get into the machine and cause damage or a shock or fire hazard.
(4) Do not install the machine in areas with high dust or moisture levels, beside on open window or close to a
humidifier or heater. Damage could be caused to the printer in such areas.
(5) Do not place candles, burning cigarettes, etc on the printer, These could cause a fire.
1.2.4 Assembly / Disassembly Precautions
Replace parts carefully, always use Samsung parts. Take care to note the exact location of parts and also
cable routing before dismantling any part of the machine. Ensure all parts and cables are replaced correctly.
Please carry out the following procedures before dismantling the printer or replacing any parts.
(1) Check the contents of the machine memory and make a note of any user settings. These will be erased if the
mainboard or network card is replaced.
(2) Ensure that power is disconnected before servicing or replacing any electrical parts.
(3) Disconnect printer interface cables and power cables.
(4) Only use approved spare parts. Ensure that part number, product name, any voltage, current or temperature
rating are correct.
(5) When removing or re-fitting any parts do not use excessive force, especially when fitting screws into plastic.
(6) Take care not to drop any small parts into the machine.
(7) Handling of the OPC Drum
- The OPC Drum can be irreparably damaged if it exposed to light.
Take care not to expose the OPC Drum either to direct sunlight or to fluorescent or incandescent room
lighting. Exposure for as little as 5 mins can damage the surface’s photoconductive properties and will result
in print quality degradation. Take extra care when servicing the printer. Remove the OPC Drum and store it in
a black bag or other lightproof container. Take care when working with the covers(especially the top cover)
open as light is admitted to the OPC area and can damage the OPC Drum.
- Take care not to scratch the green surface of OPC Drum Unit.
If the green surface of the Drum Cartridge is scratched or touched the print quality will be compromised.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
1-3
Precautions
1.2.5 Disregarding this warning may cause bodily injury
(1) Be careful with the high temperature part.
The fuser unit works at a high temperature. Use caution when working on the printer. Wait for the fuser to cool
down before disassembly.
(2) Do not put finger or hair into the rotating parts.
When operating a printer, do not put hand or hair into the rotating parts (Paper feeding entrance, motor, fan,
etc.). If do, you can get harm.
(3) When you move the printer.
This printer weighs 17.5kg including toner cartridge and cassette. Use safe lifting and handling techniques. Use
the lifting handles located on each side of the machine. Back injury could be caused if you do not lift carefully.
(4) Ensure the printer is installed safely.
The printer weighs 17.5Kg, ensure the printer is installed on a level surface, capable of supporting its weight.
Failure to do so could cause the printer to tip or fall possibly causing personal injury or damaging the printer.
(5) Do not install the printer on a sloping or unstable surface. After installation, double check that the printer is stable.
1-4
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Precautions
1.3 ESD Precautions
Certain semiconductor devices can be easily damaged by static electricity. Such components are commonly called
“Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices”, or ESDs. Examples of typical ESDs are: integrated circuits, some field
effect transistors, and semiconductor “chip” components.
The techniques outlined below should be followed to help reduce the incidence of component damage caused by
static electricity.
Caution >>Be sure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit, and observe all other safety precautions.
1. Immediately before handling a semiconductor component or semiconductor-equipped assembly, drain off any
electrostatic charge on your body by touching a known earth ground. Alternatively, employ a commercially available wrist strap device, which should be removed for your personal safety reasons prior to applying power to the
unit under test.
2. After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ESDs, place the assembly on a conductive surface, such as
aluminum or copper foil, or conductive foam, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup in the vicinity of the assembly.
3. Use only a grounded tip soldering iron to solder or desolder ESDs.
4. Use only an “anti-static” solder removal device. Some solder removal devices not classified as “anti-static” can
generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESDs.
5. Do not use Freon-propelled chemicals. When sprayed, these can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESDs.
6. Do not remove a replacement ESD from its protective packaging until immediately before installing it. Most
replacement ESDs are packaged with all leads shorted together by conductive foam, aluminum foil, or a comparable conductive material.
7. Immediately before removing the protective shorting material from the leads of a replacement ESD, touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be installed.
8. Maintain continuous electrical contact between the ESD and the assembly into which it will be installed, until completely plugged or soldered into the circuit.
9. Minimize bodily motions when handling unpackaged replacement ESDs. Normal motions, such as the brushing
together of clothing fabric and lifting one’s foot from a carpeted floor, can generate static electricity sufficient to
damage an ESD.
1.4 Super Capacitor or Lithium Battery Precautions
1. Exercise caution when replacing a super capacitor or Lithium battery. There could be a danger of explosion and
subsequent operator injury and/or equipment damage if incorrectly installed.
2. Be sure to replace the battery with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
3. Super capacitor or Lithium batteries contain toxic substances and should not be opened, crushed, or burned for
disposal.
4. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacture’s instructions.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
1-5
2
Product Specifications
2. Product Specifications
Specfications are correct at the time of printing. Product specifications are subject to change without notice. See below
for product specifications.
2.1 Product Overview
Model - SCX-5330N(3 in 1) : Copier, Printer, Scan
- SCX-5530FN(4 in 1) : Copier, Printer, Scan, Fax
Concept: MFP of high speed
Target User : Small & Medium Business
Customer Benefits (Sales Points)
- Fast Printing Speed
(28ppm in A4 / 30ppm in Letter)
- Multifunction Network Solution
(Scan-to-Email, Scan-to-SMB, Scan-to-FTP)
- Duplex Capability(SCX-5530FN only)
- Direct USB Connectivity 2nd Version
(PDF Direct Printing)
- Small Foot Print
Key Features
- 28 ppm Print speed/20 cpm Copy Speed
- 1200 dpi Print Resolution (Addressable)
- PCL6, PS3
- 64MB System Memory
- 50 ADF
- 250 sh Paper Input / 150 sh Paper Output
- 33.6 Kbps Fax Modem
- Duplex Print
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
2-1
Product Specifications
2.2 Product General Specifications
Items
Series Model
SCX-5330N
General
Major Features
As Standalone: Copier,
Printer, Scan
Remarks
SCX-5530FN
As Standalone: Copier, Printer,
Scan, Scan to USB, Fax
As Network connected: Network Print, Network Scan,
Scan to E-mail, Scan to SMB, Scan to FTP
435
450 mm (17.7
Size (W*D*H) w/o Hand Set
460
Net Weight(Inc. Toner Cartridge)
17.5 Kg (38.6 lbs)
Net Weight(exc. Toner Cartridge)
15.7kg
17.1
18inch)
Gross Weight(with package)
21.7kg
LCD
16*2 Char(Export common)
I/O Interface
IEEE 1284/ USB 2.0/ Ehternet 10/100 base Tx
(Embedded type)
MPU
CHORUSm / 300MHz
Power
Printing Operation
Less than 520W
Consumption
Sleep Mode
Less than 30W
Power Switch
Yes
Power Supply
Input Voltage
Low Voltage : 110 ~ 127VAC
(w/o backlight)
System Bus
100MHz
High Voltage : 220 ~ 240VAC
Input Frequency
50 / 60Hz(+/- 3Hz)
Printing
54dBA
Copy
55dBA
Standby
39dBA
Warm Up Time
from Cold Status
Less than 20 seconds , Cold warm-Up time : 25sec
Machine Life
Max. Monthly
Print
25,000 pages
Volume(Duty Cycle)
Scan
2,000 pages
ADF
3,000 pages
Noise
Machine Life
250,000 pages
Periodic
Pickup Roller
150,000 Pages
Replacing
Pad Unit (Tray)
250,000 pages
Pad Unit (ADF)
20,000 Pages
Transfer Roller
70,000 Pages
Fuser Unit
80,000 Pages
Standard / Max.
64MB / 192MB(Std./Max)
92MB / 192MB(Std./Max)
Type
SDRAM
SDRAM
Expand Memory Slot , Type
SDRAM DIMM
Compression Technology
YES
Device Memory
2-2
Expand Memory
specification
would be defined
separate note.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Product Specifications
Items
Series Model
SCX-5330N
PRINT
SCAN
Remarks
SCX-5530FN
Print Speed
Simplex30ppm/Ltr, 28ppm/A4 (600 dpi)
Print Speed(Duplex)
N/A
21ipm/Ltr, 19ipm/A4
(600dpi)
Print Emulation
PCL6
PCL6, PS3
Auto Emulation Sensing
YES
Font Type
45 Scalable, 1 Bitmap
Power Save
Yes (5/10/15/30/45min.)
Resolution
Normal(Up to 1200dpi Effective Output(Addressable 1200x1200dpi))
Toner Save
Yes
Memory
16MB
FPOT(From Stand by)
Less than 8.5 sec ( From Ready )
Duplex Print
N/A
Printable Area
208 x 273 mm (Letter)
Halftone(Gray Scale)
256levels
Scan Method
Yes
Color CCD
Scan Speed
Linearity
Approx. 15sec (USB 2.0)
through ADF
Gray
Approx. 20sec (USB 2.0)
Color
Approx. 30sec (USB 2.0)
Scan Speed
Linearity
Approx. 15sec (USB 2.0)
through Platen
Gray
Approx. 20sec (USB 2.0)
Color 75dpi
/300dpi
Approx. 30sec (USB 2.0)
Optical
600*1200dpi
Enhanced
4800dpi*4800dpi
Resolution
75, 300, 600dpi
horizontal
Halftone
256level
Scan Size(Max. Document Width)
Max.216mm(8.5")
Scan Size(Effective Scan Width)
Max 208mm(8.2inch)
Scan-to
Scan-to-Application
Scan Depth
Color(24 bit)
Scan Depth
Mono(1bit for Lineart, 8 Bit for Gray scale)
FOOT
Copy Speed/
Letter
Usable paper
sizes(Let. A4.
Folio.Legal),Oficio
for only optical
resolution
Scan-to-Application,
Scan-to-USB
Text
600x300dpi
Text/Photo
600x300dpi
Photo
600x300dpi
Other
N/A
Stand by
Less than 8.5 sec ( From Ready )
From Cold
Status
Less than 31.5 seconds
SDMC at all
mode
30cpm/Ltr, 28cpm/A4
SDMC: Single
Document
Multiple Copy
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
2-3
Product Specifications
Items
Series Model
SCX-5330N
MDMC at
mode
TELEPHONE
2-4
Remarks
SCX-5530FN
20cpm/A4
MDMC: Multi-all
document
Multiple Copy
Resolution
Scan:600x300dpi, 600*600dpi, Print:600*600dpi
Zoom Range
25% to 400% for Platen 25% to 100% for ADF
Number of Copies
1~99
Preset
Yes
Contrast Levels
3 level
Copy Mode(=Quality)
Text, Text/Photo, Photo
Collation Copy
Yes(ADF only)
Auto return to default mode
Yes
Changeable Default mode
Contrast, Image, Reduce/Enlarge,No. of Copies
Special Copy(N-up copy)
2-up, 4-up (ADF only)
Special Copy(Auto Fit Copy)
Yes(Platen only)
Special Copy(AID Copy)
Yes(Platen only)
Special Copy(Clone)
Yes(Platen only)
Poster
Yes(Platen only)
Handset
N/A
No
On hook Dial
N/A
Yes
Search
N/A
Yes(Phone Book)
1-Touch Dial
N/A
30EA
Speed Dial
N/A
200 locations
TAD I/F
N/A
Yes
Tone/Pulse
N/A
Selectable in Tech mode
Pause
N/A
Yes
Auto Redial
N/A
Yes
Time can be
changeable ;
15,30,60,180sec,
Off
* Copy 2-side
printed original
document into
one page
(ex. ID Card
Copy)
Last Number Redial
N/A
Yes
Distinctive Ring
N/A
Yes
Caller ID
N/A
No
External Phone Interface
N/A
Yes
by using Phone
Book Button
(Same as Rocky)
Total locations
can be stored
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Product Specifications
Items
Series Model
SCX-5330N
FAX
SCX-5530FN
Report &
Tx/Rx Journal
N/A
Yes
List Print out
Confirmation
N/A
Yes
Help List
N/A
No
Auto Dial List
N/A
Yes
Sound Control
System Data List N/A
List all user setting
Ring Volume
N/A
Yes(Off, Low, MED, HIGH)
Key Volume
N/A
Yes(On, Off)
Alarm Volume
N/A
Yes(On, Off)
Speaker
N/A
Yes(On, Off)
Compatibility
N/A
ITU-T G3
Communication System
N/A
PSTN/PABX
Modem Speed
N/A
33.6Kbps
TX Speed
N/A
3sec
Compression
N/A
MH/MR/MMR/JPEG/JBIG
Color Fax
N/A
Yes(Sending Only)
ECM
N/A
Yes
Resolution Fine
N/A
203*196dpi
S.Fine
N/A
203*196dpi
Std
N/A
300*300dpi
Scan Speed(ADF) Std
N/A
2.5 sec/ LTR
Fine/S.Fine
N/A
5 sec/ LTR
Rx fax duplex print out
N/A
No
Multiple page scan speed
N/A
21ppm/LTR, Std mode
Receive Mode
N/A
Fax, TEL, Ans/Fax, DRPD
Capacity
N/A
8MB
Optional
N/A
No
Max locations
to store to 1
Group Dial
N/A
229 locations
Fax Forward
N/A
Yes(On/Off), both Sent
and Received
Broadcasting
N/A
up to 239 locations
Cover page
N/A
No
Delayed fax
N/A
Yes (Tx only)
Memory RX
N/A
Yes
Voice Request N/A
No
TTI
Yes
Memory
Functions
Remarks
N/A
RTI
N/A
Yes
Polling
N/A
No
Earth/Recall
N/A
No
Auto Reduction
N/A
Yes (On,Off)
F/W Remote
N/A
Yes
LRT/MMR/
CCITT No.1
Chart/33.6Kbps
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
2-5
Product Specifications
Items
Series Model
SCX-5330N
NETWORK
Paper Handling
N/A
Yes
Secure Receive
N/A
Yes
Memory Back-up
N/A
Yes, Max. 72hours
Option
No (Default)
Protocol
TCP/IP(LPR, Standard TCP/
IP Printing, Samsung Port,
IPP), NetWare
Operating System
Microsoft Windows 98/ME/2000/XP/2003,Microsoft
Windows NT 4.x, 5.x, 6.x,Mac OS 10.3 and abover
(TCP/IP ONLY),Various Linux OS including Red Hat,
Caldera, Debian, Mandrake, Slackware, SuSE and Turbo
Linux,Novell 4.x,5.x,6.x
Capacity( 20lbs)
Main Tray
250sheets
50 Sheets
250sheets
Output Capacity
Face Down: 150Sheets/20lb,Face Up: 1Sheet
Output Control
Face Up/Down controlled manually by opening rear cover
A4, A5, Letter, Legal, Executive, Folio, Oficio, ISO B5, JIS B5
Paper Size
MP Tray
A4, A5, A6, Letter, Legal, Folio, Oficio, Executive,
ISO B5, JIS B5, 3"x5",Monarch, No.10, DL, C5, C6
Paper Weight
Main Tray
16~24lb (60 to 90g/ )
MP Tray
16~43 lb.
Standard output
Bottom to Middle Front (FIFO)
Straight Through
Face up, Single Sheet
Max
216 x 356mm(8.5"x14")
Min
76 x 127mm(3"x5")
Paper Weight
12.5~28lb
Capacity
50 sheets
Document
Size Width
142mm - 216mm(5.6" - 8.5")
Document
Size Length
148 mm - 356mm(5.8" - 14.0")
Document
Thickness
0.075mm - 0.13mm(0.003 - 0.005 )
Paper Path
Paper Size
ADF
2-6
TCP/IP(LPR, Standard
TCP/IP Printing,Samsung
Port, IPP), NetWare,
Ethertalk
Optional Cassette
Paper Size(Main Tray)
Accessory
SCX-5530FN
Junk Fax barrier
MP Tray
Toner Cartridge
Remarks
Toner Type
One Piece Type Toner Cartridge
Toner Life
Initial 4Kpages (ISO 19752 Standard Test Pattern),
running Standard: 4Kpages,High yield: 8K pages
Toner Level Sensor
No
Toner Count
Yes (CRUM)
CBF-Power Cord
1EA
Network CD
1EA (Network only)
Driver CD
1EA
Option CD
1EA
Warranty Card
1EA
Manual (User)
1EA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Product Specifications
2.3 Model Comparison Table
(Sec)
(Sec)
(
)
ACCESSORY
Item
Code
Quantity
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
2-7
Product Specifications
Options
p
Option Spec.
Item
2-8
2-6
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3
System Overview
3. System Overview
3.1 System Construction
3.1.1 SUMMARY
SCX-5530FN is roughly made up Main Control part, Operation Panel part, Scanner part, Line Interface part and Power
part. Each Part is separated Module which focus on common and standard design of different kind products. Main control
part adopting Fax & LBP Printer exclusive Controller is composed of 1 CPU and 1 Board. Scanner part is composed of
ADF and Platen and is connected with Main by Harness. Line Interface Unit part is designed to apply TBR21 standard
(Domestic, Europe, etc.)
1) CPU : ARM920T , which is exclusive controller to execute Printer & FAX Function and to execute operation block by
flash memory within system program, and to control whole system.
Main function block
Completely Integrated System for Embedded Applications
PVC
- Dual / Single Beam, - LVDS Pad (VDO, HSYNC), - Support A3 1200dpi, multi-pass color.
HPVC
- Dual / Single Beam, - LVDS Pad (VDO, HSYNC), - Support A4 600dpi, multi-pass color.
DMA
- 6 Channels (if not use CIP4e, 4ch is available for external DMA.
if CIP4E used (a4 DMA channel use), 2ch available for external DMA)
Operation Frequency : CPU Core -> over 300MHz, System Bus -> 100MHz
Operation Voltage : Core Voltage -> 1.2V, I/O Pad Voltage -> 3.3V, RTC Voltage -> 3V
2) Flash Memory : Record System Program, and download System Program by PC INTERFACE.
FAX for Journal List, and Memory for One Touch Dial, Speed Dial List.
- Size : 32M Byte (NAND Flash)
- Random Access Time: 10us (Max)
- Serial Page Access Time: 50ns (Min)
3) SDRAM : is used as Swath Buffer in Printing, Scan Buffer in Scanning, ECM Buffer in FAX receiving, and System
Working Memory Area
- Size : 64Mbyte(Basic) , 96Mbyte(Duplex)
MB : System Working Memory Area and Scan Buffer
MB : FAX Memory Receive Area
MB : Printing System Working Memory Area
- Max Frequency : 166MHz
- Store Fax Receive Memory Data by using Battery
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-1
System Overview
3.1.2 Engine H/W
1) Sensor Input Circuit
- Paper Empty Sensing:
The Paper empty sensor (Photo Interruptor) on the HVPS informs the state of paper to CPU whether it is empty or
not with operation of the actuator. When cassette is empty, it detects the fact by reading the E20 of CPU, and then
informs the fact by displaying the RED.
2) MP Sensing:
By operation of Actuator on the frame, MP Sensor (Photo interruptor) on the HVPS informs the state of paper to CPU
whether it is empty or not. It reads the D17 of CPU for recognizing paper in MP, and paper is fed from MP if there is.
3) Paper Feeding Sensing:
When paper passes the actuator (feed sensor part), it detects the signal of Photo interrupter, informs the paper feeding
state to CPU, and then sprays the image data after certain time.
If it doesn’t detect the feed sensor within 1sec. after paper is fed, paper Jam0 is occurred (LCD will be displayed RED
color). The fact whether the developer is inserted or not is detected by CRUM. After the developer is mounted, the
sub-CRUM can read the information of toner cartridge from contact with CRUM involved in toner cartridge. If the
information of toner cartridge is invalid, it will show invalid sign on a LCD and LED(LED will be displayed RED color).
4) Paper Exit Sensing:
It detects paper state whether paper gets out from the set with operation of exit sensor on the HVPS and actuator on
the frame. Paper detects the on/off time of exit sensor by reading D22 of CPU, and the normal operation or jam
information is informed to the CPU. The paper JAM2 is informed. (LED will be displayed RED color)
5) Cover Open Sensing:
The Cover open sensor is located on the HVPS. After the front cover is opened, +24VS (DC fan, Solenoid, Main Motor,
Polygon motor part of LSU and HVPS), which is supplied to the each unit, is cut off. The cover-open sensing is
operated by the D23 of CPU. In case, the red will be ON for informing the facts to user.
6) DC FAN / SOLENOID Driving:
It is driven by transistor and controlled by D14(FAN MAIN), E16(FAN DUPLEX), C23(PICK-UP CLUTCH), C18(REGI
CLUTCH), D15(MPF CLUTCH) of CPU. When it is high, the fan is driving by turning on the TR, and it is off when the
sleep mode is selected. There are three solenoids, and they are driven by paper pick-up, regi and MPF signal. It is
turned on or off by C23, C18, D15 of CPU. The diode protects the driving TR from the noise pulse, which is flown when
the solenoid id de-energizing. FAN Driving Circuit is driven by Transistor, and controlled by D14, E16 of CPU.
7) Motor Driving:
The main motor driving circuits is on the BLDC Motor Ass’y Unit. Main Controller has the interfacing circuits.
There is motor driver IC on the motor control board of Motor Ass’y Unit.
The exit motor driving circuits is formed when the driver IC is selected.
The AN44060A Motor Driver IC is used in this case. The resistance Rs value for sensing and voltage value for the V
reference can be changed by motor driving voltage value.
3-2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.1.3 Assembly Description
3.1.3.1 Feeding Section
Feeding Method : Universal Cassette Type
Feeding Standard : Center Loading
Feeding Capacity : Cassette 250 Sheets (75g/ , 20lb StandardPaper)
3.1.3.2 Transfer Ass’y
In Warranty( Life time) : Within 70,000 sheets printing
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-3
System Overview
3.1.3.3 Driver Ass’y
MAIN Motor ass’y is for Cassette,MPF and Toner Cartridge
EXIT Motor ass’y is for fuser,exit roller and the initial duplexing feeding
DUPLEX Motor ass’y is for duplexing feeder on SCX-5530FN only
3.1.3.4 Fuser Ass’y
Fusing Type : [ Halogen Lamp( R2)
E-Coil type ( Elbert) / Halogen Lamp(Dove) ]
Heat Roller : [ 28.3 with 0.1 Clown ]
Pressure Roller : [electrically conductive]
Thermistor - Temperature Detecting Sensor
Thermostat - Overheat Protection Device
Trouble
Temperature Control concept
Open Heat Error
90
Over Heat Error
230 over for 10 sec
or 240 over for 5 sec
Low Heat Error
Standby :130
below for 45 sec at Warm up
below for 10 sec
Printing : 35 below for 7 sec
at consecutibve 2 page printing.
3-4
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.1.3.5 LSU
LSU is consist of LD(Laser Diode) and polygon motor control. When the controller generate the printing signal LD will
turn on and Polygon motor starts.If the receiving part in LSU detect the beam and then Hsync is generated. When the
rotation of poygon motor is steady, it is time of LSU ready status for printing. If either of two condition is not satisfied,
LSU error is expected.
Trouble
Polygon Motor Error
Hsync Error
Failure Analysis
No steady rotation of Polygon Motor
In spite of steady rotation of Polygon Motor,
No the generation of the Hsync signal
3.1.3.6 Scanner( ADF)
3 in 1 : SCX-5330N
4 in 1 : SCX-5530FN
Scanning Method: Color CCD(600 x 1200 dpi)
Scan speed : SDMP 28cpm/MDSP 20cpm
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-5
System Overview
3.1.3.7 Toner Cartridge
OPC Cleaning :Mechanical Cleaning by the cleaning blade.
The recycled toner : Trash room for the recycled toner
No shutter for protecting the OPC Drum
2 Cleaning Roller
VDC = -380V
4
-
-1.35KV
200V
1
8 Cleaning Blade
3
6
5
+4.2kV
7
3-6
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.1.3.8 Duplex Unit
Duplex printing function as factory option
Available Paper : Letter, Oficio, Legal, Folio, and A4
3.1.3.9 Optional Tray (SCF)
For customer covenience in managing paper
Capacity : 250 sheets
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-7
System Overview
3.2 Mechanical Parts Specifications
3.2.1 Frame
Material : PC + ABS V0 NH-1000T(Cheil Industries)
Weight : 1.0kg
3.2.2 Feeding Part
Feeding Type: Universal Cassette Type
Feeding Standard: Center Loading
Feeding Qty: Cassette 250 sheets (75g/ , 20lb paper standard)
MP 50 sheets (75g/ , 20lb paper standard)
Special Media 5 sheets in MP (OHP, Envelope, Label, PostCard, Index Paper etc.)
Separating Type: Cassette - Friction Pad Type
MP - Friction Pad Type
Driver Type: Driving by Gearing from Main Motor
Pick_up Roller Driver: Solenoid
Pick up Roller Rubber Material : EPDM+IR = 1.6 or more
Pick up Velocity: 217.27mm /sec (Process : 179.7mm/sec)
Paper detecting Sensor: Photo Sensor
Paper Size Sensor: None
Paper Separating Pad Material : NBB 52 ,
Separating Pad Pressure: 190 gf
Pick_up Roller RPM 139.71 RPM
Feeding Pressure (Cassette) : 250~320 gf
250~320 gf
= 0.8~1.2
Paper Exit Type: Face Down
Feed roller Velocity: Feed-roller Cassette; 182.34 mm /sec
Feed-roller Frame; 180.42 mm /sec
Feed Roller Material: Feed-roller Cassette; EPDM 13.7 mm
Feed-roller Frame; EPDM 14.2 mm
3-8
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.3 Transfer Ass’y
It is consisted of Transfer Roller and spir gear.
The transfer roller delivers the toner of the OPC drum to the paper.
TR Voltage : +1.3KV 5% (based on 200 , in accordance with media area, Transfer table)
-1.20KV 10% (In cleaning)
Transfer Efficiency : 85% or more (All envirmnment : preferable media)
Voltage System : Voltage PWM Control System
Transfer Roller
3% (ASKER-C)
- Hardness : 40
- Validlength : 224.2 +0.5/-0mm
- OD : 15.0 0.5mm
- SHAFT Material : SUM -24L + Non-electrolysis Ni. Coating
Life Span : Print over 70,000 sheets (in 15~30 )
3.2.4 Driver Ass’y
3.2.4.1 Motor
Spec : BLDC 62 + PM
Pull-Out Torque:
55 Motor (2-2 Bipolar) + PM
42 Motor (2-2 Bipolar)
- BLDC 62 : 1500 gf.cm(based on actual value) or more (1342.4rpm, 1.8A)
- PM 55 : 1490gf.cm(based on actual value) or more (711pps, 0.9A)
- PM 42 : 240gf.cm(based on actual value) or more (1850pps, 0.6A)
TORQUE MARGIN (Tp/o Tsys) : BLDC 62 Motor : 1500/1100 gf.cm=1.36
- PM 55 Motor : 1490/1053 gf.cm = 1.41
- PM 42 Motor: 240/165 gf.cm = 1.45
Driving Frequency : BLDC 62 Motor: 1342.4 rpm(1006.8 Clock)
- PM 55 Motor : 888.75 rpm(711 pps)
- PM 42 Motor : 1156 .25rpm(1850 pps)
It is a power delivery unit by gearing: BLDC
- PM
- PM
62 Motor ->Pickup/Feeder/Developer
55 Motor -> Fuser/Exit
42 Motor -> Duplex
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-9
System Overview
3.2.4.2 Process Speed
Print Speed : 28/30 PPM (based on A4/LTR )
Opc Drum Vp : 179.7 mm/sec
Unit Relative Velocity (Paper Speed)
- Pickup : 217.27mm /sec, 21.72% VS OPC Vp
- Feeder (cassette) : 182.34 mm/sec, 2.15% VS OPC Vp
- Feeder (Frame) : 180.42 mm/sec, 1.08% VS OPC Vp
- Transfer : 183.02 mm/sec 2.53% VS OPC Vp
- Fuser : 177.96 mm/sec, 0.3% VS OPC Vp
Jitter
- Horizontal: 3 0.022 or less in Vision System
Orthogonality : SPEC : 1.0 mm or less
3.2.4.3 Acoustic Noise
Warming Up: 49dB or less
Printing : 54dB or less
Copying : 55dB or less
Stand-by : 39dB or less
3-10
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.5 Fixing Part (Fuser)
The fuser is consisted of the E-Coil, Heat Roller, Pressure Roller, Thermistor and Themostat.
It adheres the toner to the paper with pressure and a heat to complete the printing job.
3.2.5.1 E-Coil
Voltage 120V : 115
220V : 230
5%
5%
Capacity : 1100 Watt 25W
Temp. Distribution : 120%
3.2.5.2 Temperature-Interception Device (Thermostat)
Thermostat Type : Non-Contact type THERMOSTAT
Control Temperature : 70
5
THERMOSTAT-ROLLER Gap : 1.1
0.2mm
3.2.5.3 Temperature Detecting Sensor(Thermistor)
Thermistor Type : FS-50003 (SEMITEC 364FL Type)
Temperature Resistance : 7 (180 )
SYSTEM Temperature SETTING
- Stand by : 165 5
- Printing : 189 5 (5 minutes before)
184 5 (5 minutes after)
- Overshoot : 200 less
- Overheat : 210 less
3.2.5.4 Heat Roller
Length : 254mm
Valid length : 224mm
OD : 28.3 0.05(Coating incl., Crown 0.05~-0.15)
Material : AL(AL5052) + PFA Coating
Thickness : 0.9mm
Coating Material : PFA 100%
Coating Thickness : 20um (Thickness after abrasion)
GND Type : H/R Bearing Grounding type By SECC Fuser lower frame
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-11
System Overview
3.2.5.5 Pressure Roller
Shaft
- Length : 251.3mm
- Material : STKM
- Thickness : 6( 12---RUBBER portion)
Rubber
- Material : Silicon Rubber(Tubing Type :
- Length : 226.4mm
- Thickness : 5.5mm(one-side)
OD :
32.25)
32.25 0.2(Center part Crown -0.3 ~ -0.5)
3.2.5.6 Media Separating System
Thflon Coating with SUS Plate Claw System
3.2.5.7 Safety Relevant Facts
Proteciong device when overheating
- 1st protecting device : H/W cuts off when detecting an overheating
- 2st protecting device : S/W cuts off when detecting overheating
- 3st protecting device : Thermostat cuts off the power
Safety device
- The power of Fuser is cut-off after front cover is open
- The overheating safety device for customer
- The surface temperature of the Fuser Cover is under 80
3-12
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.6 LSU (Laser Scanner Unit)
The LSU unit is controlled by video controller. It scans the video data received from video controller with laser beam by
using the rotation principle of the polygon mirror to create the latent image on the OPC drum. It is the core part of LBP.
The OPC drum rotates as the same speed as the paper feeding speed. It creates the /HSYNC signal and sends it to the
engine when the laser beam of the LSU reaches the end of the polygon mirror, and the engine detects the /HSYNC signal
to arrange the vertical line of the image on the paper. After detecting the /HSYNC signal, the image data is sent to the
LSU to arrange the its margin on the paper.
The one side of the polygon mirror is one line for scanning.
Item
Resolution
Spot Size
Main
Specification
Item
Real 600 dpi
main direction
75 +20/-20
-beam diameter at the level of 1/e2
of intensity
sub direction
-at the spot location of 0,
100 of image height
LaserProperty
f Property
Beam Position
/50
main/sub, within image height of
-100 ~ +100 range
Variation
40
Wavelength
785 +10/-15
at 25
Power
0.33
at the center of image on the
focal plane, with stationary condition,
power supplied at
DC 5 volt
Vignetting
Min 80 %
spot power variation within image
height of -100 ~ +100
Magnification error
Max 0.7 %
based on the printable area,
216
Partial Magnification error
max 1.5 %
based on the 2.54 width within the
printable area, 216
Deviation of main scanning
1.0
Deviation of sub scanning
1.0
0.02
at the center of image
Scan Line
Bow
Max 1
within image height
Property
Skew
Max 1
-100 ~ +100
Sync. Property
Position
136.7
Pulse width
Min 5.0 sec
pulse width of synchronization
Neighbor line
Max 10
Pitch error in sub scanning direction
within image height of
-105 ~ +105 range
Within 6 lines
Max 20
within image height of
-105 ~ +105 range
Pitch Error
1.0
range
distance to synchronization position
from the center of image
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-13
System Overview
Item
Unit assembly state
Motor
Specification
5
Control
PWM control
Direction of rotation
Mirror
Jitter
external clock(TTL pulse)
CCW
Rotational speed
31836.6 rpm
normal rotational speed (30ppm)
Rising time
Max 6.0sec
time to stable rotational speed
Facet number
4 faces
Inner diameter
14.14
LF
Max 0.030 %
within image height of
RF
Max 0.020 %
-105 ~ +105
Supply voltage
24 V 10 %
application voltage to the driving
circuit of polygon motor
Starting current
Max 2.0 A
required current for acceleration
Running current
Max 1.0 A
required current to stable rotational
speed
Scanning
Effective scanning width
216
Property
Scanning freq.
2,122.44
Scanning time
471.15
Scanning dot
5,102 dots
1 dot ON time
53.86
Scanning effective
58.3%
Video freq.
18.5648 MHz
frequency of video data
Process Speed
179.7 mm/s
Drum Speed
Environment
Acoustical noise
45dB
at normal operation condition,
measuring at 1 m horizontal, 0.75m
vertical apart
Use
Temperature
+10 ~ +50
Humidity
30 ~ 80 %
Temperature
-20 ~ +60
Humidity
10 ~ 90 %
Motor Driver
Preservation
Size
3-14
Item
range
one line scanning frequency
time interval from falling 0.9VH to
rising again 0.9VH
W
L
H
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.7 Toner Cartridge
In the toner cartridge, the OPC unit and the developer unit are in a body.
The OPC unit has OPC drum and charging roller, and the developer unit has toner, toner cartridge, supply roller,
developing roller, and the blade.
3.2.7.1 Summary
Developing Method : Non magnetic 1 element contacting method
Toner : Non magnetic 1 element shatter type toner
The life span of toner: 4k/8k sheets (ISO 19752 5% Pattern / A4 standard )
Toner Residual Sensor : Dot count with CRUM(CRU Monitor)
OPC Cleaning : Collect the toner by using cleaning blade+ FILM OPC
Handling of wasted toner : Collect the wasted toner in the cleaning frame by using cleaning blade
OPC Drum Protecting Shutter : None
Classifying device for toner cartridge: ID is classified by interruption of the frame channel.
3.2.7.2 Developing Roller
Rotary Speed : 203.06 mm/sec
Roller Bias : -220V ~ -400 20V
Control Type : Bias PWM Control type
- Structure : Mono layer
- Valid Length : 228 mm
- OD : 14.07 mm 0.05
- Shaft material : SUS 303
- Life : 8,000 sheets or more
3.2.7.3 Supply Roller
Roller Bias : -370V ~ -550V
Control Type : Bias
- Valid Length : 220 mm
- OD :
11.2
0.1 mm
- Shaft OD : 6 mm + 0 / -0.05
- Driver : Gear Driver (in a direction opposed to D/R)
- Sponge Density : 0.45 , 0.1 g/
- Life : 8,000 sheets or more
3.2.7.4 REGULATING BLADE
Type : Regulating toner layer by pressure
Valid Length : 228mm
Voltage : -420V ~ -600V
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-15
System Overview
3.2.7.5 CHARGING PORTION
Type : Conductive Roller Contact-Charge
Rotary Velocity : 179.7 mm/sec
- Length : 230 mm
- OD :
12.0
0.05 mm
- Shaft OD : 6 + 0 / -0.05 mm
- Driver : Gear Driver
- Roller life : 8,000 sheets or more
Roller Voltage : -1.25 ~ -1.70 KV
3-16
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.8 FAX Section
Modem Part
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Implemented by based on Conexant DAA (Data Access Arrangement) Solution, and is roughly composed of two kinds
Chip Solution
- CX86710 (SFX336): Existing Modem Chip which adds SSD (System Side Device) for interfacing between LSD and DIB
of FM336Plus Core
- CX20493 (LSD) : LIU (Line Interface Unit) Chip which is controlled by SSD and satisfies each PSTN Requirements by
modulating internal Configuration with connecting Tel Line.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-17
System Overview
Modem (SFX336) specification.
2-wire half-duplex fax modem modes with send and receive data rates up to 33,600 bps
V.17, V.34, V.29, V.27 ter, and V.21 Channel 2
Short train option in V.17 and V.27 ter
PSTN session starting
V.8 and V.8bis signaling
HDLC support at all speeds
Flag generation, 0-bit stuffing, ITU CRC-16 or CRC-32 calculation and generation
Flag detection, 0-bit deletion, ITU CRC-16 or CRC-32 check sum error detection
FSK flag pattern detection during high-speed receiving
Tone modes and features
Programmable single or dual tone generation
DTMF receiver
Tone detection with three programmable tone detectors
Receive dynamic range:
0 dBm to -43 dBm for V.17, V.29, V.27 ter and V.21 Channel 2
9dBm to -43 dBm for V.34 half-duplex
Digital speaker output to monitor received signal
Two16-byte FIFO data buffers for burst data transfer with extension up to 255 bytes
V.21 Channel 1Flag detect
V.21 Channel 1Flag detect
+3.3V only operation
Typical power consumption
Normal mode: 264 mW
3-18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
Signal Transition of DAA Solution
Line Interface Signal of Tel Line and LSD is Analog Signal.
2) there is A/D, D/A Converter in LSD, so Analog Signal from Tel Line is converted in Digital through A/D Converter in
DAA and transfer to SSD by DIB Capacitor
Digital Signal from SSD is converted to Analog by D/A Converter in DAA and transfer to Tel Line
Transformer transfer Clock from SSD to LSD and Clock Frequency is 4.032MHz.
LSD full wave rectifies Clock to use as inner Power supply and also use as Main Clock for DIB Protocol Sync between
LSD and SSD. Transformer transfer Clock by separating Primary and Secondary, and
amplifies Clock Level to LSD by Coil Turns Ratio 1:1.16.
Clock
- Clock is supplied by transformer from SSD to LSD, and there is PWROUT to adjust output impedance of Clock
Out Driver is inside SSD and CLKSHIGH Resistor to adjust duty of HLPWR Resistor and Clock.
CLKP
SSD
CLKN
LSD
DIBP
DIBN
Clock from SSD to LSD has Differential structure of 180 phase difference for Noise Robustness
DIB Data transfer Data from SSD to LSD by Transformer, and also transfer specific data from LSD to SSD.
After transferring data from SSD, RSP is transferred and LSD recognizes RSP and change LSD to output Driver transfer
Data to SSD.
DIB Data form SSD to LSD by Transformer has Differential structure of 180 phase difference between DIBP and DIBN for
Noise Robustness
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-19
System Overview
3.2.9 Line Interface Part
This is Connection Part between system and PSTN(Public Switched Telephone Network), and primary circuit is usually
located. Main functions are Line Interface, Telephone Connection and Line Condition Monitoring.
1 Telephone Line Connection
Modular Plug : RJ-11C
LIU PBA Modular Type : 623 PCB4-4
Line Code Length : 2500
50mm
Line Code Color : Black
ON HOOK state Characteristic
1) DC Resistance
DP Dial Mode (Direct Current 30mA) : 50 ~ 300ohm
DTMF Dial Mode (Direct Current 20mA) : 50 ~ 540ohm
2) Ring Sensitivity
Ring detection Voltage : 40Vrms
150Vrms (condition :Current=25mA,Frequency=15Hz)
product Margin : 30Vrms
Ring detection Frequency : 15.3Hz
68Hz (condition : Voltage=45Vrms,Current=25mA )
product Margin : 15Hz
Ring detection Current : 20mA
150Vrms
70Hz
100mA (condition : Voltage=40Vrms,Frequency=20Hz)
product Margin : over 15mA
3) False Ring Sound
Ring Frequency : 750 Hz + 1020 Hz
Ring interrupt Cycle : On/Off depending on input Ring Signal Cycle.
3-20
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.10 Scan Part
Pictorial signal input part: output signal of CCD passes through Bypass Cap change to ADC at HT82V26, and defined
signal between HT82V26 and CHORUSm processes the Image signal. When AFE accept each pixel, CDS(Correlated
Double Sampling ) technique which samples arm-level twice is used on each pixel by using CIP4e signal.
2) Pictorial image processing part: read CCD Pixel data in terms of 600dpi Line and process Error Diffusion Algorithm on
Text mode and Photo mode, and then store Data at Scan Buffer on PC Scan mode without algorithm.
On every mode Shading Correction and Gamma Correction are executed ahead, then processing is executed later.
* Scan Image Control Specification
Minimum Scan Line Time : 0.7062ms
Scan Resolution : Max. 600DPI
Scan Width : 216mm
main function
- Internal 12bit ADC
- White Shading Correction
- Gamma Correction
- CCD Interface
- 256 Gray Scale
3) CCD Operating Part : CCD Image sensor use +5V and Inverter uses +24V
- CCD Maximum Operating Frequency : 10MHz
- CCD Line time : 0.7062ms
- White Data output Voltage : 0.7V 0.5V (Mono Copy, 0.75ms/line)
- Maximum Inverter Current : 600 mA Max.( +24V)
3.2.11 OPE Pannel Section
(1) Configuration
Operations Panel uses Main Control and separated OPE Chip Micom and work as inner program,
systemic operation is serial system which exchange Date with SIO Port of Main Control. OPE Panel is approximately
composed of Micom part, Matrix part and LCD.
(2) Micom controller
Micom has ROM, RAM, I/O Port built-in and displays and lights LCD by CPU command of Main Control Part and report
Key recognition Data to Main Control Board.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-21
System Overview
3.2.12 Printer Section
Printer is consisted of the Engine parts and F/W, and engine parts is consisted of the mechanical parts comprising Frame,
Feeding, Developing, Driving, Transferring, Fusing, Cabinet and H/W comprising the main control board, power board,
operation panel, PC Interface.
The main controller is consisted of ASIC (CHORUSm) parts, Memory parts, Engine
Interface parts and it functions as Bus Control, I/O Handling, drivers & PC Interface by CPU.
The Engine Board and the Controller Board are in one united board, and it is consisted of CPU part and print part in
functional aspect. The CPU is functioned as the bus control, I/O handling, drivers, and PC interface. The main board
sends the Current Image, Video data to the LSU and manages the conduct of Electro photography for printing. It is
consisted of the circuits of the motor (paper feed, pass) driving, clutch driving, pre-transfer lamp driving, current driving,
and fan driving.
The signals from the paper feed jam sensor and paper empty sensor are directly inputted to the main board.
3-22
Printing Method:
Laser-based Electro-photography
Supported Operating Systems:
Windows 98/2000/NT4.0/ME/XP/ MAC (English only, no status monitor,
web download only)
Emulation:
SPL(GDI) , PCL6, PS3
Maximum Paper Size:
Legal
Effective Printing Width:
-Letter/Legal: 208mm
-A4: 202mm
Resolution:
(selectable from Print Driver)
-Addressable 1200 x1200 dpi
-600x600 dpi (True; no RET)
Speed:
30ppm (Letter)
Input Paper Capacity:
-Tray: 250 sheets (20 lb)
-MP Tray: 50 sheets (20 lb)
Output Paper Capacity:
150 sheets (20 lb; sequenced 1 to N, face down)
Feed Direction:
Front In, Front Out (FIFO)
PC Interface:
-USB 2.0(without HUB mode)
Requires 6 ft. USB Cable
Toner Cartridge:
-Toner Low Sensor: None
-Toner Low Indicator: Message displayed on LCD
-Cartridge Missing Indicator: Message displayed on LCD
Paper Sensing:
-Tray: Add Paper message displayed on LCD
-MP Tray: Add Paper message displayed on LCD
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
Items
Specification
Process
0.13um (STDH150)
Package
- 496 PBGA (total pad number:597ea)
- Function pin: about 367pins
- PWR & GND pin: 130pins ( (130/496) 100 = 26.2 %)
- PWR & GND pad: 204ea ((204/597) 100 = 34.17%)
Voltage
- Core Voltage: 1.2V
- I/O Pad Voltage: 3.3V / RTC Voltage : 3V
CPU Core
ARM 920T (I-Cache: 16KB, D-Cache-16KB)
Operating Freq.
- CPU Core: over 300MHz
- Target System Bus: 100MHz
SDRAMC
- 32 Bits Only, 100MHz
- 5 Banks (Up to 128MB per Bank)
- Feed-back clock(for SDRAM read) is appended
ROMC
4 Banks (Up to 16MB per Bank)
IOC
6 Banks (Up to 16MB per Bank)
DMAC
6 Channels
(if not use CIP4e, 4ch is available for external DMA. if CIP4E
used (a4 DMA channel use), 2ch available for external DMA)
HPVC
- Dual / Single Beam
- LVDS Pad (VDO, HSYNC)
- Support A4 600dpi, multi-pass color.
PVC
- Dual / Single Beam
- LVDS Pad (VDO, HSYNC)
- Support A3 1200dpi, multi-pass color.
UART
5 Channels (Channel0 supports DMA/interrupt Operation )
INTERRUPT
6 External Interrupts, 26 Internal Interrupts
TIMER
6 System Timers
CIP4e
-300/400/600/1200dpi CIS/CCD image sensor interface
-Color/Mono grey image, Binary image scan support
-600dpi Color/Mono Copy support
-Image processing for High-End MFP, Digital Copier,
-MH/MR/MMR CODEC function for fax
- Scan image :(max) A4 1200dpi pixel processing,
-Copy image :(max) A4 600dpi pixel processing
NAND Flash
Controller
- 8/16 Bits, H/W ECC Generation
- Auto Boot Mode (using internal SRAM, 4KB)
MAC
- 10M/100Mbps
- Full IEEE 802.3 compatibility
PPI
IEEE1284 compliant parallel port interface
GEU
Graphic Execution Unit
Remark
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-23
System Overview
3-24
Items
Specification
RSH
Fully Hardware Rotator/Scaler/Halftoner support
Engine Controller
- LSU Interface unit, contained APC function.
- Step Motor: 4 Phase
- PWM: 8 Channels
- ADC: 8 Channels
- BLDC clock support.
APC
DAC(2 ea)
I2C Controller
I2C bus(SM bus) Slave Device Support (I2C Version 2.1)
RTC
RTC Core Voltage: 3V
PLL
2 PLL (MAIN / (H)PVC )
Remark
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-25
System Overview
3.2.13 Copier Section
Copy Mode:
Black and White
Scanner Type;
CCD with Flatbed/Platen and ADF
Maximum Size of Original:
(max. width = 218 mm,
max length = 400 mm)
-Platen: 216 x 297 mm
-ADF: Legal (216 x 356 mm)
Optical Resolution:
600 x 600 dpi
Copy Quality - H x V:
(User selectable via Content button)
-Text : 600 x 300 dpi (default)
-Text/Photo : 600 x 300 dpi
-Photo : 600 x 600 dpi
Supported Media Types:
Plain, Label, Cardstock, Transparency
Copy Speed:
(SDMP = Single Document,
Multiple Printout,
MDSP = Multiple Document,
Single Printout)
-Platen, SDMP: 30cpm (Letter)
-ADF, SDMP: 30cpm (Letter)
-ADF, MDSP: 20cpm (A4, Text or Text/Photo)
10cpm (A4, Photo)
Reduce/Enlarge:
-Platen: 25% - 400% (1% increments)
-ADF: 25% - 100% (1% increments)
Non-printable Area:
4 mm (Top, Bottom, and each Side)
Copy Count:
(Page count displayed on LCD
during copy operation)
1 to 199
Copy Modes:
Text, Text/Photo, Photo
Fixed R/E Setting:
100%, Auto-fit, 2(4)-Up
Darkness Control:
3 levels
First Copy Output Time (FCOT):
-Platen: 8.5 sec. (600 x 300 dpi)
-ADF: 15 sec. (600 x 300 dpi)
Duplex Copy
-Manual from MP Tray for SCX-5330N model
-Automatic Duplex Copy for SCX-5530FN model
3.2.14 Telephone Section
3-26
Speed Dial:
400 Locations (46 digits maximum per location)
On-hook Dial (manual fax):
Yes
Last Number Redial:
Yes
Automatic Redial:
Yes
Pause:
Yes (using Redial key)
Ringer Volume:
Off, Low, Medium, High
Tone/Pulse:
Selectable (Tech Mode Only no Telecom certification for Pulse mode)
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.2.15 SMPS & HVPS board
The SMPS supplies DC Power to the System.
It takes 110V/220V and outputs the +5V, +24V to supply the power to the main board. The HVPS board creates the high
voltage of THV/MHV/Supply/Dev and supplies it to the developer part for making best condition to display the image. The
HVPS part takes the 24V and outputs the high voltage for THV/MHV/BIAS, and the outputted high voltage is supplied to
the toner, OPC cartridge, and transfer roller.
1) HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply)
Transfer High Voltage (THV+)
- Input Voltage : 24 V DC 15%
- Output Voltage : MAX +5.0KV 5 %,(Duty Variable, no loading )
->1.2KV 15% (when cleaning,200 )
- Output Voltage Trigger : 6.5
- Input contrast of the Voltage stability degree :under 5 % (fluctuating input 21.6V 26.4V)
Loading contrast : 5 % or less
- Output Voltage Rising Time : 100 ms Max
- Output Voltage Falling Time : 100 ms Max
- Fluctuating transfer voltage with environmental various : +650 V(Duty 10%) ~ 5 KV (Duty 90%)
- Environment Recognition Control Method : The THV-PWM ACTIVE is transfer active signal. It detects the resistance
by recognizing the voltage value, F/B, while permits the environmental recognition voltage.
- Output Voltage Control Method : Transfer Output Voltage is outputted and controlled by changing Duty of THVPWM
Signal. 10% Duty : +650V, 90% Duty : +5KV 5%
Charge Voltage (MHV)
- Input Voltage : 24 V DC 15%
- Output Voltage : -1.3KV ~ -1.8KV DC 50V
- Output Voltage Rising Time : 50 ms Max
- Output Voltage Falling Time : 50 ms Max
- Output Loading range : 30 M ~ 1000 M
- Output Control Signal(MHV-PWM) : CPU is HV output when PWM is Low
Cleaning Voltage (THV-)
- The (+) Transfer Voltage is not outputted because the THV PWM is controlled with high.
- The (-) Transfer Voltage is outputted because the THV-Enable Signal is controlled with low
- The output fluctuation range is big because there is no Feedback control.
Developing Voltage (DEV)
- Input Voltage : 24 V DC 15%
- Output Voltage: -200V ~ -600V DC 20 V
- Output Voltage Fluctuation range: PWM Control
- Input contrast of the output stability degree : 5 % or less
Loading contrast : 5 % or less
- Output Voltage Rising Time : 50 ms Max
- Output Voltage Falling Time : 50 ms Max
- Output Loading range : 10M ~ 1000 M
- Output Control Signal (BIAS-PWM) : the CPU output is HV output when PWM is low.
Supply
- Output Voltage : -400 V ~ -800V DC 50 V(ZENER using, DEV )
- Input contrast of the output stability degree : under 5 %
Loading contrast : 5 % or less
- Output Voltage Rising Time : 50 ms Max
- Output Voltage Falling Time : 50 ms Max
- Output Loading range : 10 M ~ 1000 M
- Output Control Signal (BIAS-PWM) : the CPU is HV output when PWM is low.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-27
System Overview
HVPS PBA
SUPPLY
-630 3%
DEV
-430 3%
THV
+1300 3%
-1200 3%
OPC
-130 15.4%
MHV
-1350¡ 3%
2) SMPS (Switching Mode Power Supply)
It is the power source of entire system. It is assembled by an independent module, so it is possible to use for common
use. It is mounted at the side of the set.
It is consisted of the SMPS part, which supplies the DC power for driving the system, and the AC heater control part,
which supplies the power to fuser. SMPS has two output channels. Which are +5V and +24V.
AC Input
- Input Rated Voltage : AC 220V ~ 240V AC 110V ~ 127V
- Input Voltage fluctuating range : AC 198V ~ 264V AC 99V ~ 135V
- Rated Frequency : 50/60 Hz
- Frequency Fluctuating range : 47 ~ 63 Hz
- Input Current : Under 4.0Arms / 2.0Arms (But, the status when e-coil is off or rated voltage is inputted/outputted )
3-28
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
NO
ITEM
CH1
CH2
Remark
1
CHANNEL NAME
+5V
+24.0V
2
CONNECTOR PIN
CON 35V PIN: 11,13,15
GND PIN: 12,14,16
CON 324V PIN:3,5,7,9
GND PIN:4,6,8,10
3
Rated Output
+5V 5%(4.75 5.25V)
+24V 10%(21.6 26.4V)
4
Max. Output Current
3A
4.4 A
5
Peak Loading Current
3.6 A
5.3 A
6
RIPPLE NOISEVoltage
100mVp-p
Under 500mVp-p
7
Maximum output
15W
105.6W
8
Peak output
18W
127.2W
9
Protection for loading
shortage and
overflowing current
Shut down or Fuse
Protection
Shut down or Output
Voltage Drop
NO
ITEM
System
1
Stand-By
Less than 150W
2
PRINTING
Less than 400W
3
Sleep-Mode
Less than 11W
1ms
1ms
Fuse 24V
Fuse 5V
Fuse 5V
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-29
System Overview
Length of Power Cord : 1830 50mm
Power Switch : Use
Feature
- Insulating Resistance : 100 or more (at DC 500V)
- Withstanding Voltage : Must be no problem within 1 min.
(at 1000V-LV model / 1500Vac-HV model,10mA)
- Leaking Current : under 3.5mA
- Running Current : under 40A PEAK (AT 25 , COLD START)
under 60A PEAK (In other conditions)
- Rising Time : within 2Sec
- Falling Time : over 20ms
- Surge : Bi-Wave 3kV ? Normal, 6KV - Common
Environment Condition
- Operating temperature range : 0
40
- Maintaining temperature range : -25
85
- Preserving Humidity Condition : 30% 90% RH
- Operating atmospheric pressure range : 1atm
EMI Requirement : CISPR ,FCC, CE, MIC, C-Tick,
Safty Requrement :IEC950 UL1950, CSA950, C-UL,NOM, TUV, Semko, Nemko, iK, CB, CCC(CCIB), GOST, EPA,
Power Save
3) FUSER AC POWER CONTROL
Fuser(e-coil) gets heat from AC power. The AV power controls the switch with the Triac, a semiconductor switch. The
ON/OFF control is operated when the gate of the Triac is turned on/off by Phototriac (insulting part).
In other words, the AC control part is passive circuit, so it turns the heater on/off with taking signal from engine control
part.
When the HEATER ON signal is turned on at engine, the LED of PC501 (Photo Triac) takes the voltage and flashes.
From the flashing light, the Triac part (light receiving part) takes the voltage, and the voltage is supplied to the gate of
Triac and flows into the Triac. As a result, the AC current flows in the e-coil, and heat is occurred.
On the other hand, when the signal is off, the PC501 is off, the voltage is cut off at the gate of Triac, the Triac becomes
off, and then the e-coil is turned off.
Triac (Q501) feature : 24A-LV model / 16A-HV model, 600V SWITCHING
Phototriac Coupler (PC501)
- Turn On If Current : 15mA 50mA(Design: 16mA)
- High Repetive Peak Off State Voltage : Min 600V
3-30
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.3 Engine F/W
3.3.1 Control Algorithm
1) Feeding
If feeding from a cassette, the drive of the pickup roller is controlled by controlling the solenoid. The on/off of the solenoid
is controlled by controlling the general output port or the external output port. While paper moves, occurrence of Jam is
judged as below.
ITEM
Description
JAM 0
- After picking up, paper cannot be entered due to paper is not fed.
- After picking up, paper entered but it cannot reach to the feed sensor in certain time due to slip, etc.
- After picking up, if the feed sensor is not on, re-pick up. After re-picking up, if the feed sensor is not on
after certain time, it is JAM 0.
*It is a status that the leading edge of the paper doesn t pass the feed sensor.
-Even though the paper reaches to the feed sensor, the feed sensor doesn t be ON.
*It is a status that the leading edge of the paper already passes the feed sensor.
JAM 1
- After the leading edge of the paper passes the feed sensor, the trailing edge of the paper cannot pass
the feed sensor after a certain time. (The feed sensor cannot be OFF)
- After the leading edge of the paper passes the feed sensor, the paper cannot reach the exit sensor after
certain time. (The exit sensor cannot be ON)
*The paper exists between the feed sensor and the exit sensor.
JAM 2
- After the trailing edge of the paper passes the feed sensor, the paper cannot pass the exit sensor after
certain time.
Dup JAM 1
- After the trailing edge of the paper passes the exit sensor, the paper cannot pass the Dup sensor after
certain time.
Dup JAM 0
- After the trailing edge of the paper passes the Dup sensor, the paper cannot pass the feed sensor after
certain time.
2) Transfer
The charging voltage, developing voltage and the transfer voltage are controlled by PWM (Pulse Width Modulation). The
each output voltage is changeable due to the PWM duty. The transfer voltage admitted when the paper passes the
transfer roller is decided by environment recognition. The resistance value of the transfer roller is changed due to the
surrounding environment or the environment of the set, and the voltage value, which changes due to the environments, is
changed through AD converter. The voltage value for impressing to the transfer roller is decided by the changed value.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-31
System Overview
3) Fusing
The temperature change of the heat roller s surface is changed to the resistance value through the thermistor. By
converting the voltage value, which impressed to the resistance, to the digital value through the AD converter, the
temperature is decided. The AC power is controller by comparing the target temperature to the value from the thermistor.
If the value from the thermistor is out of controlling range while controlling the fusing, the error stated in the below table
occurs.
Open Heat Error
When the engine operates the warm-up process, if the temperature of the fixing unit is not higher than a specified
temperature, the engine defines Open Heat Error. When this error is broken out, the engine stops all functions and keeps
the error state. Also, the engine informs the error status of the main system. And then the error message is displayed at
LCD window or LED informing the error status of the user.
Low Heat Error
When the engine is at stand-by, printing or warm-up mode, if the temperature of the fixing unit is lower than the specified
temperature at each state and the lower temperature state is maintained during the specified time, the engine defines
Low Heat Error. When this error is broken out, the engine stops all functions and keeps it at the error state. Also the
engine informs the error status of the main system. And then the error message is displayed at LCD window or LED
informing the error status of the user.
Over Heat Error
For overall engine state, if the temperature of the fixing unit is higher than the specified temperature and the temperature
state is kept during the specified time, the engine defines Over Heat Error. When this error is broken out, the engine stops
all functions and keeps it at the error state. Also, the engine informs the error status of the main system. And then the
error message is displayed at LCD window or LED to inform the error status of the user.
* To recover the heat error: The heat error recovery is operated automatically when the error is only caused by Low Heat
Error, not the Heat Errors in Warm-up state and the Over Heat Error. If an error happens, then the engine memorizes a
present temperature. In case of Low Heat Error, the maximum heat is supplied to the fixing unit. When a specified time
is elapsed, the engine detects the temperature again. If the present temperature is higher than the memorized
temperature, the error is recovered. In case of Over Heat Error, no heat is supplied to the fixing unit. When a specified
time is elapsed, the engine detects a present temperature again. If the present temperature is a specified degree lower
than the memorized temperature, the error is recovered.
3-32
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
4) LSU
LSU receives the image data from PVC or HPVC and make the latent image on OPC surface.
It uses the dual beam, LD1 and LD2. But the control method of them is the same.
Just in comparison with the single beam, the dual beam has the half of lsu s frequency.
->The frequency of the dual beam = the frequency of the single beam /2.
The errors related to LSU are as follows:
* By LReady: When the printing is started, the engine drives the polygon motor of LSU. After the specified time is elapsed,
if the motor is not in a ready status, the engine detects the error that the polygon motor is not in a ready status. If this
error happens, the engine stops all functions and keeps it at the error state. Also, the engine informs the error status of
the main system and the error message is displayed at LCD window to inform the error status of the user.
* By Hsync: When the polygon motor is ready, the LSU sends out the signal called Hsync and used to synchronize with
each image line. So, if the engine does not detect consecutively the signal for a fixed time, it defines the Hsync Error. If
this error happens, the engine stops all functions and keeps it at the error state. Also, the engine informs the error status
of the main system and then the error message is displayed at LCD window to inform the error status of the user.
LSU Error Recovery: If the LReady or Hsync error happens, the paper exits out beforehand. The engine mode is
changed to recovery mode and the engine informs the main system of the engine mode. And the engine checks the LSU
error. If the error doesn t happen, the printing job will be proceeding.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-33
System Overview
3.4 S/W Descriptions
3.4.1 Overview
The software of Dove system is constructed with
1) Host Software part that the application software operated in Window and Web Environment, and
2) Firmware parts that is a Embedded software controls printing job.
3.4.2 Architecture
Host Software is made up of
1. Graphic User Interface that offers the various editing functions to user in Host,
2. Driver that translates the received document to a Printing Command language which printer can understand and
transfers data to spooler,
3. Stand-alone Application that offers the various printing application, DMS(Document Management System),
RCP(Remote Control Panel), Printer Status Monitor, Network Management in Window system,
4. Web-based-Application that offers the same functions as Stand-alone Application and RDC(Remote Diagnosis
Control) in Web environment.
Firmware is made up of
1. Application (Emulation) that is a interpreter translate data received from Host to a printing language (PCL, PS, GDI,
etc.) to be able to make the user to take same output as originally one what composed in Host.
2. Kernel that control and management the whole procedure include of Control flow and Printing Job before transfer to
Engine system.
3-34
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
System Overview
3.4.3 Data and Control Flow
The above Block Diagram is explained that:
Host Side is made up of
1. Driver that is Windows application software translate printed data to one of printer language and create spooler file,
2. Web-based Application that offer a various printer additional functions, management of printing job, printer
administration, Status monitor to monitoring the printer status by real time in Web, independent environment on OS.
3. Stand-alone Application that is a similar Window software as same as above 2,
4. Port Monitor that manages the network communication between spooler and Network Interface Card, or various
additional application and Network Interface Card,(this is, at first, make communication logical port, manage the data,
transfer them from spooler to network port, and offer the result of printing).
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
3-35
System Overview
Firmware Side is made up of
1. Network Interface Card is that relay the communication between Host and kernel using various network protocol,
2. Kernel is that manages the flow control of emulation procedure, receiving data from Host or Network card and printing
with engine & rendering job,
3. Emulation is that interprets the various output data from selected emulation,
4. Engine is that prints rendered bit-map data to paper with required size and type by Kernel.
And then, for Job Spooling function for Multi-User, Multi-Printing that is occurred in Network printing and various additional
printing functions, this Kernel use max. 10 Queuing systems in a memory.
In Printing, the two procedures are
(1) Case of using Parallel or USB Port
After user start to print the wanted document to PCL string or compressed GDI bit-map data, Driver translate the all
graphic data of it and send data to host spooler. And then the spooler sends the data stream to the printer via
parallel port or USB port.
Kernel receives this data from Host, and then select emulation fit to data and start selected one. After emulation job
end, Kernel sends the output bit-map data to Engine using Printer Video Controller (by clock type for LSU).
Engine print the received data to required paper with the sequential developing process.
(2) Case of using Network Interface Card
After user start to print the wanted document to PCL string or compressed GDI bit-map data, Driver translate the all
graphic data of it and send data to host spooler.
If so, Port monitor managing network port receives data from spooler and sends a data stream to the Network
Interface Card.
Network interface card receives it and send to Kernel part,
Kernel receives this data from Host, and then select emulation fit to data and start selected one. After emulation job
end, Kernel sends the output bit-map data to Engine using Printer Video Controller (by clock type for LSU).
Engine print the received data to required paper with the sequential developing process.
The additional printing function are realized in
(1) Web environment
(2) Window environment.
On addition, Kernel informs a status of printing status and printer status to user made printing job with the Status Monitor.
3-36
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4
Alignment and Adjustments
4. Alignment and Adjustments
This chapter describes the main functions for service, such as the product maintenance method,
the test output related to maintenance and repair, DCU using method, Jam removing method, and
so on. It includes the contents of manual.
4.1 Control Panel
4.1.1 SCX-5530FN
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-1
Alignment and Adjustments
4.1.2 SCX-5330N
4-2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.2 Paper path
Scanner Part
Roller-Pickup
Roller-ADF
Roller-Exit
Roller-Feed
Engine Part
Roller-Exit
Roller-Heat
Roller-REGI
Roller-MP
OPC
Roller-Transfer
Roller-Pressure
Duplex
Roller-Feed
Roller-Pickup
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-3
Alignment and Adjustments
4.3 Clearing Paper Jams
Occasionally, paper can be jammed during a print job. Some of the causes include:
• The tray is loaded improperly or overfilled.
• The tray has been pulled out during a print job.
• The front cover has been opened during a print job.
• Paper was used that does not meet paper specifications.
• Paper that is outside of the supported size range was used.
If a paper jam occurs, the Jam status will be displayed on LCD panel. Find and remove the jammed paper. If
you don’t see the paper, open the covers.
Do not use a pinset or a sharp metal tool when removing a jam.
The covering of a metal part can be removed which can cause an electric leakage.
4.3.1 Clearing document jams
When an original jams while passing through the ADF, Document Jam appears on the display.
1. Remove any remaining pages from the ADF.
3. Pull the jammed paper gently out of the ADF.
2. Open the ADF cover.
1
1
4-4
ADF cover
4. Close the ADF cover. Then load the removed pages,
if any, back into the ADF.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.3.2 Roller misfeed
1. Open the scanner lid.
3. Close the scanner lid. Then load the removed pages
back into the ADF.
2. Seize the misfed paper, and remove the paper from
the feed area by carefully pulling it to the right using
both hands.
Clearing paper jams
When a paper jam occurs, Paper Jam appears on the
display. Refer to the table below to locate and clear the
paper jam.
1
1
scanner lid
Caution : To avoid tearing the paper, pull out the
jammed paper gently and slowly. Follow the
instructions in the following sections to clear
the jam.
4.3.3 In the tray 1
1. Open and close the front cover. The jammed paper is
automatically ejected from the machine.
If the paper does not exit, go to the next step.
3. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight
out. If the paper does not move when you pull, or if
you do not see the paper in this area, check the fuser
area around the toner cartridge.
2. Pull the tray 1 open.
4. Insert the tray 1 into the machine until it snaps into
place. Printing automatically resumes.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-5
Alignment and Adjustments
4.3.4 In the optional tray 2
1. Pull the optional tray 2 open.
4. Pull the paper straight up and out.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the machine.
If the paper does not move when you pull, or if you do
not see the paper in this area, stop and go to step 3.
5. Insert the trays back into the machine. Printing automatically resumes.
3. Pull the tray 1 half.
4.3.5 In the multi-purpose tray
1. If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the paper out
of the machine.
4-6
2. Open and close the front cover to resume printing.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.3.6 In the fuser area or around the toner cartridge
Note : The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing
paper from the machine.
2. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight
out.
1. Open the front cover and pull the toner cartridge out,
lightly pushing it down.
3. Replace the toner cartridge and close the front cover.
Printing automatically resumes.
4.3.7 In the paper exit area
1. Open and close the front cover. The jammed paper is
automatically ejected from the machine.
4. If you see the jammed paper, push the pressure lever
on each side up and remove the paper. Skip to step 9.
2. Gently pull the paper out of the output tray.
1
1
If you do not see the jammed paper or if there is any
resistance when you pull, stop and go to the next
step.
3. Open the rear cover.
pressure lever
If you still do not see the paper, go to the next step.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-7
Alignment and Adjustments
5. Release the white strip, the rear cover stopper, and
fully open the rear cover, as shown.
7. While pushing the fuser lever to the right, open the
fuser door.
1
1
2
rear cover stopper
2
1
rear cover
6. Unfold the duplex guide fully.
2
1
2
fuser lever
fuser door
8. Pull the jammed paper out.
If the jammed paper does not move when you pull,
push the pressure lever on each side up to loose the
paper, and then remove it.
1
1
1
duplex guide
1
pressure lever
9. Return the lever, door, stopper, and guide to their original position.
10. Close the rear cover. Printing automatically resumes.
4-8
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.3.8 In the duplex unit area (SCX-5530FN only)
If the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, paper jam may occur. Make sure that the duplex unit is inserted correctly.
Duplex Jam 0
Duplex Jam 1
1. Pull the duplex unit out of the machine.
1. Open the rear cover.
2. Unfold the duplex guide fully.
1
1
1
duplex unit
1
2. Remove the jammed paper from the duplex unit.
duplex guide
3. Pull the jammed paper out.
If the paper does not come out with the duplex unit,
remove the paper from the bottom of the machine.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-9
Alignment and Adjustments
4.4 User Mode
The control panel provides access to various menus to set up the machine or use the machine’s functions. These
menus can be accessed by pressing Menu. Refer to the following diagram. Menus available in
Fax, Copy, or Scan mode vary.
Menus in the colored characters are available only with SCX-5530FN.
Fax Feature
Fax Setup
Copy Feature
Copy Setup
Scan Feature
Darkness
Multi Send
Delay Send
Priority Send
Send Forward
Rcv. Forward
Secure Receive
Add Page
Cancel Job
Sending
Redial Times
Redial Term
Prefix Dial
ECM Mode
Sent Report
Image TCR
Receiving
Receive Mode
Ring to Answer
Stamp Rcv Name
Rcv Start Code
Auto Reduction
Discard Size
Junk Fax Setup
DRPD Mode
Change Default
Resolution
Darkness
Auto Report
Copy Collation
2-Up
4-Up
ID Copy
Poster Copy
Clone Copy
Erase Bkgd.
Change Default
Copies
Reduce/Enlarge
Darkness
Original Type
USB Memory
Scan Size
Original Type
Resolution
Scan Color
Scan Format
E-mail
Scan Size
Original Type
Resolution
Scan Color
FTP
Scan Size
Original Type
Resolution
Scan Color
SMB
Scan Size
Original Type
Resolution
Scan Color
System Setup
Scan Setup
Machine Setup
Machine ID
Machine Fax No.
Date & Time
Clock Mode
Language
Default Mode
Power Save
Scan PWR Save
Timeout
NetScanTimeout
Job Timeout
Import Setting
Export Setting
Change Default
USB Memory
E-mail
FTP
SMB
Network
TCP/IP
EtherTalk
NetWare
Ethernet Speed
Wireless
WLAN Basic
WLAN Security
WLAN Default
Clear Setting
Network Info.
System Setup
(continued)
Paper Setup
Paper Size
Paper Type
Paper Source
Sound/Volume
Key Sound
Alarm Sound
Speaker
Ringer
Report
Maintenance
Clean Drum
Remote Service
Ignore Toner
Supplies Life
Serial Number
Clear Setting
4.4.1 Changing the display language
To change the language that appears on the control panel, follow these steps:
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Language appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons until the language you want appears and press OK.
5. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
4-10
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.4.2 Setting the date and time
The current date and time are shown on the display when your machine is on and ready to work. For the SCX-5530FN,
all of your faxes will have the date and time printed on them.
Note : If power to the machine is cut off, you need to reset the correct time and date once the power has been restored.
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Date & Time appears and press OK.
4. Enter the correct time and date using the number keypad.
Month
Day
Year
Hour
= 01 to 12
= 01 to 31
= requires four digits
= 01 to 12 (12-hour mode)
00 to 23 (24-hour mode)
Minute = 00 to 59
Note : The date format may differ from country to country.
You can also use the Scroll buttons to move the cursor under the digit you want to correct and enter a new number.
5. To select AM or PM for 12-hour format, press the or button or any number button.
When the cursor is not under the AM or PM indicator, pressing the or button immediately moves the cursor to
the indicator.
You can change the clock mode to 24-hour format (e.g. 01:00 PM as 13:00). For details, see the next section.
6. Press OK to save the time and date.
When you enter a wrong number, Out of Range appears and the machine does not proceed to the next step. If this
happens, simply reenter the correct number.
7. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
Changing the clock mode
You can set your machine to display the current time using either a 12-hour or 24-hour format.
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Clock Mode appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons to select the other mode and press OK.
5. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-11
Alignment and Adjustments
4.4.3 Changing the default mode (SCX-5530FN only)
Your machine is preset to Fax mode. You can switch this default mode between Fax mode and Copy mode.
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Default Mode appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons until the default mode you want appears and press OK.
5. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
4.4.4 Setting sounds (SCX-5530FN only)
You can control the following sounds:
• Key Sound: Turns the key sound on or off. With this option set to On, a tone sounds each time a key is pressed.
• Alarm Sound: Turns the alarm sound on or off. With this option set to On, an alarm tone sounds when an error occurs
or fax communication ends.
• Speaker: Turns on or off the sounds from the telephone line through the speaker, such as a dial tone or a fax tone.
With this option set to Comm. which means “Common,” the speaker is on until the remote machine answers.
You can adjust the volume level using On Hook Dial.
• Ringer: Adjusts the ringer volume. For the ringer volume, you can select Off, Low, Mid, and High.
Speaker, ringer, key sound, and alarm sound
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press the Scroll buttons until Sound/Volume appears and press OK.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until the sound option you want appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons until the desired status or volume for the sound you have selected appears and press OK.
5. If necessary, repeat steps 3 through 5 to set other sounds.
6. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
Speaker volume
1. Press On Hook Dial. A dial tone sounds from the speaker.
2. Press the Scroll buttons until you hear the volume you want.
3. Press On Hook Dial to save the change and return to Standby mode.
Note : You can adjust the speaker volume only when the telephone line is connected.
4-12
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.4.5 Entering characters using the number keypad
As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For example, when you set up your
machine, you enter your name or your company’s name, and the fax number. When you store fax numbers or email
addresses in memory, you may also enter the corresponding names.
Entering alphanumeric characters
1. When you are prompted to enter a letter, locate the button labeled with the character you want. Press the button until
the correct letter appears on the display.
For example, to enter the letter O, press 6, labeled with MNO.
Each time you press 6, the display shows a different letter, M, N, O, and finally 6.
You can enter special characters, such as space, plus sign, and etc.
For details, see the below section.
2. To enter additional letters, repeat step 1.
If the next letter is printed on the same button, move the cursor by pressing the right Scroll button and then press the
button labeled with the letter you want. The cursor will move to the right and the next letter will appear on the display.
You can enter a space by pressing 1 twice.
3. When you have finished entering letters, press OK.
Keypad letters and numbers
Correcting numbers or names
If you make a mistake while entering a number or name, press the left Scroll button to delete the last digit or character.
Then enter the correct number or character.
Inserting a pause
With some telephone systems, you must dial an access code (9, for example) and listen for a second dial tone. In such
cases, you must insert a pause in the telephone number. You can insert a pause while you are setting up speed buttons
or speed dial numbers.
To insert a pause, press Redial/Pause at the appropriate place while entering the telephone number. A - appears on the
display at the corresponding location.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-13
Alignment and Adjustments
4.4.6 Using the save modes
Toner Save mode
Toner Save mode allows your machine to use less toner on each page.
Activating this mode extends the life of the toner cartridge beyond what one would experience in the normal mode, but it
reduces print quality.
To turn this mode on or off, press Toner Save.
Note : When PC-printing, you can also turn on or off Toner Save mode in the printer properties. See the Software
Section.
Power Save mode
Power Save mode allows your machine to reduce power consumption when it is not in actual use. You can turn this
mode on and select a length of time for which the machine waits after a job is printed before it switches
to a reduced power state.
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Power Save appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons until On appears and press OK.
5. Press the Scroll buttons until the time setting you want appears and press OK.
6 Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
Scan Power Save mode
Scan Power Save mode allows you to save power by turning off the scan lamp. The scan lamp under the scanner glass
automatically turns off when it is not in actual use to reduce power consumption and extend the life of the lamp. The
lamp automatically wakes up after some warm-up time when you start scanning.
You can set the length of time for which the scan lamp waits after a scan job is completed before it switches to the
power save mode.
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Scan PWR Save appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons until the time setting you want appears and press OK.
5. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
4-14
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.4.7 Setting print job timeout
You can set the amount of time a single print job is active before it must print.
The machine handles incoming data as a single job if it comes in within the specified time. When an error occurs while
processing data from the computer and the data flow stops, the machine waits the specified time
and then cancels printing if data flow does not resume.
1. Press Menu until System Setup appears on the bottom line of the display and press OK.
2. Press OK when Machine Setup appears.
3. Press the Scroll buttons until Job Timeout appears and press OK.
4. Press the Scroll buttons until the time setting you want appears and press OK.
5. Press Stop/Clear to return to Standby mode.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-15
Alignment and Adjustments
4.5 Tech Mode
4.5.1 How to Enter Tech Mode
In service (tech) mode, the technician can check the machine and perform various test to isolate the cause
of a malfunction.
While in Tech mode, the machine still performs all normal operations.
To enter the Tech mode
To enter the Tech mode, press
in sequence, and the
LCD briefly displays ‘TECH’, the machine has entered service (tech) mode.
4.5.2 Setting-up System in Tech Mode
SCX-5530FN
Send Level
DTMF Level
Pause Time
Dial Mode
Modem Speed
Error Rate
RDS
Clear All Mem
Clear Counts
Flash Upgrade
Silence Time
4-16
Switch Test
Modem Test
Dram Test
Rom Test
Pattern Test
Shading Test
All Report
Protocol
Configuration
Key History
Error Info
Usage Page
Component Check
Service Support
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.5.3 Data Setup
SEND LEVEL
You can set the level of the transmission signal. Typically, the Tx level should be under -12 dBm.
Caution : The Send Fax Level is set at the best condition in the shipment from factory. Never change settings
arbitrarily.
DIAL MODE
This function can choose dial method.
*Default : Dial(Dial/Pulse)
MODEM SPEED
You can set the maximum modem speed.
Communication is done with modem speed automatically set at lower speed when communicating with a slower speed modem since communication is done on the standard of the side where modem speed is low for
transmission/reception. It is best set 33.6Kbps as default setting.
ERROR RATE
When the error rate is about exceed the set value, the Baud rate automatically adjusts to 2400 bps.
This ensures that the error rate remains below the set value.
You can select the rate between 5% and 10%.
CLEAR ALL MEMORY
The function resets the system to factory default settings.
This function is used to reset the system to the initial value when the product is functioning abnormally . All the values are returned to the default values, and all the information, which was set by
the user, will be erased.
< Method >
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select the [MEMORY CLEAR] at the TECH MODE.
Push the ENTER button.
Select you country. (There are four country groups. Refer to the table below.)
Push the ENTER button then it will clear all memory.
NOTICE : Always perform a memory clear after replacing the main board. Otherwise, the system
may not operate properly.
Country Group
USA/Canada
USA/Canada
Mexico
Brazil
Country
UK
Russia
UK
Germany
France
Italy
Spain
Austria
Netherlands
Belgium
Portugal
Sweden
Norway
Denmark
Finland
Switzerland
Greece
Ireland
Turkey
Russia
India
Oman
Poland
Bangladesh
Kuwait
Moroco
Algeria
Pakistan
UAE
Bahrain
Srilanka
Saudi Arabia
Chile
Peru
Argentina
Hungary
Romania
Bulgaria
Czech
Southafrica
South Africa
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-17
Alignment and Adjustments
Flash Upgrade
The Firmware Upgrade function and has two methods, Local and Remote.
1)Local Machine Upgrade
• RCP(Remote Control Panel) mode
This method is for Parallel Port.or USB Port Connect to PC and activate RCP(Remote Control Panel) to upgrade the
Firmware.
< Method >
How to Update Firmware using RCP
1. Connect PC and Printer with Parallel Cable or USB Cable.
2. Execute RCP and select Firmware Update.
3. Search Firmware file to update with Browse Icon.
4. Click Update icon, firmware file is transmitted to Printer automatically and printer is initialized when it finished.
5. Click Refresh icon and check what is updated.
• DOS Command mode
This method is just for Parallel Port. Connect to PC with Parallel cable and enter DOS Command to upgrade the
Firmware
< Method >
1. The first of all, need the files : down.bat, down_com.bin, fprt.exe, and Rom File:
file name for upgrade.Save the files in the same folder.
2. In the DOS, input as below and push the enter key. Then, it will be automatically upgraded.
3. There are two commands for the conditions of product.
* When the product is in idle condition down "rom file"
* When the product is in Ready condition (TECH MODE DATA SETUP FLASH UPGRADE
"rom file" lpt1
4. Do not turn off the power while upgrading process.
LOCAL) copy/b
2) Remote Upgrade
This is a function that a fax with the latest firmware sends files to a fax in long distance through telephone line.
< Method >
1. Before remote upgrade, the latest firmware should be loaded into the machine.
(TECH MODE DATA SETUP FLASH UPGRADE REMOTE)
2. Input the fax number, which needs to be upgraded. (Several faxes can be upgraded at the same time. In this case,
enter the each fax number.)
3. After push the enter button, send the firmware file by calling to the appointed number. (Around 10~15 minutes needs
to send the file.)
< Caution >
1. sending and receiving fax must be the same model.
2. A sending fax must be set up as ECM mode, and a receiving memory must be set up as 100%. If not, the function
operates abnormally
4-18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
S/W of Maintenance
1. Clearing the Memory
You can selectively clear information stored in your machine s memory.
1) Press Menu on the control panel until Maintenance appears on the top line of the display.
2) Press the scroll button (left-key or right-key) until you see Clear Memory on the bottom line and press Enter
- The first available menu item, Clear All Mem. displays on the bottom line.
- See next page - There are some item to display on the LCD.
3) Press the scroll button (left-key or right-key) until you see the item you want to clear.
4) Press Enter. The selected memory is cleared and the display asks you to continue clearing the next item.
5) To clear another item, press Enter and repeat steps 3 and 4
- To return to Standby mode, press Stop/Clear.
- As below item you can selectively clear information stored in your machine s memory.
Clear All Mem.:
- Clears all of the data stored in the memory and resets all of your settings to the factory default.
Paper Setting:
- Restores all of the Paper Setting options to the factory default.
Copy Setup:
- Restores all of the Copy Setup options to the factory default.
Fax Setup:
- Restores all of the Fax Setup options to the factory default.
Fax Feature:
- Cancels all of the scheduled fax jobs in the machine s memory.
- As below item you can selectively clear information stored in your machine s memory.
Advanced Fax:
- Restores all of the Advanced Fax setting options to the factory default.
Sound/Volume:
- Resets the sound and volume settings to the factory default.
Machine Setup:
- Resets all of the system settings, such as the machine ID, date and time, display language and save modes, to the
factory default.
Sent Report:
- Clears all of records of your faxes sent.
RCV Report:
- Clears all of records of your faxes received.
Phone Book:
- Clears the one-touch, speed and group dial numbers stored in the memory.
2. Adjust shading
When the scan unit becomes dirty, it can alter the shading value.
If your copy has black lines or is blurred, adjust the shading setting.
1) Load a sheet of white paper into the ADF.
2) Make machine Tech mode.
3) Press Menu on the control panel and scroll until Machine Test displays.
4) Scroll to Shading Test and Enter.
5) Select Shading&Print appears on the bottom line and press Enter.
6) Your machine picks up the paper and adjusts the shading value.
7) After adjusting, shading value will be printed with graphic image.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-19
Alignment and Adjustments
3. Flash Upgrade
The Firmware Upgrade function and has two methods, Local and Remote.
3.1 Local Machine
• RCP(Remote Control Panel) mode
This method is for Parallel Port.or USB Port Connect to PC and activate RCP(Remote Control Panel) to upgrade the
Firmware.
< Method >
How to Update Firmware using RCP
1. Connect PC and Printer with Parallel Cable or USB Cable.
2. Execute RCP and select Firmware Update.
3. Search Firmware file to update with Browse Icon.
4. Click Update icon, firmware file is transmitted to Printer automatically and printer is initialized when it finished.
5. Click Refresh icon and check what is updated.
• DOS Command mode
This method is just for Parallel Port. Connect to PC with Parallel cable and enter DOS Command to upgrade the
Firmware
< Method >
1. The first of all, need the files : down.bat, down_com.bin, fprt.exe, and Rom File: file name for upgrade.Save the files in
the same folder.
2. In the DOS, input as below and push the enter key. Then, it will be automatically upgraded.
3. There are two commands for the conditions of product.
* When the product is in idle condition down "rom file"
* When the product is in Ready condition (TECH MODE DATA SETUP FLASH UPGRADE LOCAL) copy/b "rom
file lpt1
4. Do not turn off the power while upgrading process.
3.2 Remote Upgrade
This is a function that a fax with the latest firmware sends files to a fax in long distance through telephone line.
< Method >
1. Before remote upgrade, the latest firmware should be loaded into the machine.(TECH MODE DATA SETUP
FLASH UPGRADE REMOTE)
2. Input the fax number, which needs to be upgraded. (Several faxes can be upgraded at the same time. In this case,
enter the each fax number.)
3. After push the enter button, send the firmware file by calling to the appointed number. (Around 10~15 minutes needs
to send the file.)
< Caution >
1. sending and receiving fax must be the same model.
2. A sending fax must be set up as ECM mode, and a receiving memory must be set up as 100%.
If not, the function operates abnormally
4-20
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4. Remote Diagnostic System(RDS)
RDS and FT-EGT Automatic Ordering System, will enhance the quality and the speed of after sales service and monitor the performance of the MFP at the customer site.
MFP Should be connected by MFP Server.
4.1 Required components of RDS
RDS for MFP system consists of the following three components that communicate with each other
1. Main RDS Server connected to FAX-MODEM.
2. RDS Client Application.
3. RDS on MFP.
4.2 Enable of RDS on MFP
This value is in Tech Mode.
The factory default for Consumables Status Update / Error Proactive value is Disabled.
< Method >
1. MFP Should be connected by RDS Server.
2. Service numbers should have the proper values.
: TECH MODE DATA SETUP NOTIFY TONER 2.RDS Service Number.
3. Machine Serial No. should have the proper values.
: TECH MODE DATA SETUP NOTIFY TONER 1.Toner Serial No.
4. Criter value input is optional, default is set to 1000-page.
: TECH MODE DATA SETUP NOTIFY TONER 2.RDS Criter.Value.
5. Remote Test should be On
: Maintenance Remote Test On
6. Change the password : if you forgot the Notify Toner password, enter the new password.
: TECH MODE DATA SETUP NOTIFY TONER RDS RDS Password.
7. If you are to enable the RDS system, Notify Toner option should be [Off].
4.3 Call setup & Release
In order to perform any RDS activity on a Customer MFP, the SVC will have to setup a call to it.
On successful completion of call setup, one or more RDS functions can be executed before call release is manually
initiated.
When connecting to a device, RDS will query the MFP for serial no. If Serial No. is a zero-length string / invalid string,
user will be prompted to enter a valid serial no. for the device. If the user chooses not to enter the serial number at
that point, he can enter/edit it later also; Serial number will be configurable just like any other MFP parameter
Following successful connection, following details of the MFP will be displayed :
Tel. No, Model, Server Port (that is connected to), Status, Serial Number, Firmware Version, Engine Version,
Emulation Version
In case the established call is dropped due to an error condition, RDS Client Application will notify the user. It will then
be necessary to manually request for another call setup to the desired MFP before any RDS function can be reattempted.
If no activity is detected on a connected call for a maximum duration of 5 minutes (300 seconds), the call will be
released / disconnected from the MFP-side.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-21
Alignment and Adjustments
4.5.4 Machine Test
SWITCH TEST
Use this feature to test all keys on the operation control panel. The result is displayed on the LCD
window each time you press a key.
MODEM TEST
Use this feature to hear various transmission signals to the telephone line from the modem and to
check the modem. If no transmission signal sound is heard, it means the modem part of the main
board malfunctioned.
DRAM TEST
Use this feature to test the machine's DRAM. The result appears in the LCD display.
If all memory is working normally, the LCD shows << O K >>
ROM TEST
Use this feature to test the machine'S ROM. The result and the software version appear in the LCD
display.
• FLASH VER : 1.00 V
• ENGINE VER :1.00V
PATTERN TEST
Using this pattern printout, you can check if the printer mechanism is functioning properly.
It is needed in the production progress. Service person doesn't need to use it.
SHADING TEST
The function is to get the optimum scan quality by the specific character of the CCD(Charge
Coupled Device). If the copy image quality is poor, perform this function to check the condition
CCD unit.
< Method >
1. Select the [ADJUST SHADING]
TECH MODE.
2. Push the SET UP button then an
will be scanned.
3. After the scan, CCD SHADING
FILE will be print out.
4. If the printed image is different
image, the CCD is defect.
at the
image
PROto the
NOTICE : When you test CCD, make sure
that the cover is closed.
4-22
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.5.5 Report
PROTOCOL LIST
This list shows the sequence of the CCITT group 3 T.30 protocol during the most recent sending or receiving
operation. Use this list to check for send and receive errors. If a communication error occurs while the machine
is in TECH mode, the protocol list will print automatically.
OTHER ITEM
This list provides a list of the user system data settings and tech mode settings.
Component Check
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-23
Alignment and Adjustments
4.5.6 Detail Description
Function Name
01.Motor Test
02.Pick Up Test
03.Fan Test
04.Manual Clutch Test
11.LSU Motor
12.LSU Hsync Test
13.LD Test
21.Feed Sen Test
22.Exit Sen Test
23.Cover Sen Test
24.Empty Sen Test
25.Manual Sen Test
31.Them ADC 180
32.Them ADC 140
33.Them ADC 120
34.Them ADC 100
41.MHV Test
42.Dev Bias Test
43.THV EN/NEG Test
44.THV ON(1300V)
45.THV ADC 1300V
46.THV ADC 600V~3500
4-24
Description
The main motor keeps running after the execution key is
chosen and stops when the stop key is chosen.
automatically
stops, when the execution is chosen.
The fan keeps running after the execution key is chosen
and stops when the stop key is chosen.
The tray2,3 clutch is on for 1sec and then it automatically
stops, when the execution is chosen.On this function,
the main motor runs before 2sec from the point of the clutch
on in order to check the clutch state.
Test The laser motor keeps running after the execution key
is chosen and stops when the stop key is chosen.
“Laser Leady” is displayed, When the Laser Scanning
Unit is ready to print. On the other case “Laser Error”
“Diode On” is displayed, when the laser diode is on.
On the other case “Diode Off” is displayed.
These Functions are considered to check the present
state (normal or not)of the Sensors.
After the cover is open, touch the sensor and confirm
the message changed “Cover Open” to “ Cover Close”
These Functions are considered to check the present
state (normal or not)of the Sensors.
“current value"is displayed on the upper line of the panel,
and “target value"on the bottom line.
Target value is limited from “191˚C” to “80˚C”
These Functions are considered to check whether the
control for HVPS is normal or not.
Display
Main Motor On(Off)
Tray 1,2 Solenoid On/Off
Fan On(Off)
Tray 2,3 Clutch On/Off
Laser Motor On(Off)
Laser Leady On(Off)
Diode On(Off)
"Sensor Off"to “ Sensor On ”
"Cover Open" to "Cover Close"
"Sensor Off"to “ Sensor On ”
Input and output value are
ADC value.(refer to the
ADC table)
MHV On(Off)
Dev Bias On(Off)
THV EN/NEG On(Off)
THV On(Off)
ADC value displayed.
ADC value displayed.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.6 Identify Sale Date
This function confirms the date that consumer bought product and used the product for the first time.
When the consumer first operate the machine, it will start a scan and page count.
The time the machine was first used is remembered.
These settings are are remembered after memory delete (Clear All Memory).
< Method >
Press MENU, #, 1, 9, 3, # in sequence.Firmware version is displayed on LCD.
Press 1( in the number keypad) : The LCD display shows "Updated date"
Press 2( in the number keypad) : The LCD display shows "Product first use date"
< Display >
OS 1 . 00 . 86 . 07
11-31-2005
Service Data
2004-1-11
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-25
Alignment and Adjustments
4.7 Consumables and Replacement Parts
The cycle period outlined below is a general guideline for maintenance.
The example list is for an average usage of 50 transmitted and received documents per day.
Environmental conditions and actual use will may vary.
The cycle period given below is for reference only.
4-26
COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT CYCLE
ADF Rubber Pad
20,000 Pages
ADF Roller
60,000 Pages
Pick-up Roller
150,000 Pages
Transfer Roller
70,000 Pages
Fuser
80,000 Pages
Tray Rubber Pad
150,000 Pages
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.8 Abnormal Image Printing and Defective Roller
If abnormal image prints periodically, check the parts shown below.
3
6
2
4
1
7
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
OPC Drum
Charge Roller
Supply Roller
Transfer Roller
Heat Roller
Pressure Roller
Developing Roller
No
Roller
Abnormal image period
Kind of abnormal image
1
OPC Drum
75.5mm
White spot, Block spot
2
Charge Roller
37.7mm
Black spot
3
Supply Roller
53.2mm
Horizontal density band
4
Develop Roller
39.2mm
Horizontal density band
5
Transfer Roller
47.1mm
Black side contamination/transfer fault
6
Heat Roller
88.9mm
Black spot and fuser ghost
7
Pressure Roller
101.3mm
Black side contamination
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-27
Alignment and Adjustments
4.9 Display LED and Error Messages
4.9.1 Display LED
The Status LED on the control panel shows the status of your machine.
See the table below to know your machine’s status.
4-28
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
4.9.2 Error Message
Messages appear on the Smart Panel program window or the control panel display to indicate the
machine’s status or errors. Refer to the tables below to understand the messages’ meaning and correct the
problem if necessary. Messages and their meanings are listed in alphabetical order.
Note : When you call for service, it is very convenient to tell the service representative the display message.
Messages in the colored cells are available only with SCX-5530FN.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-29
Alignment and Adjustments
4-30
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-31
Alignment and Adjustments
4-32
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Alignment and Adjustments
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
4-33
Alignment and Adjustments
4-34
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5
5. Disassembly and Reassembly
5.1 General Precautions on Disassembly
When you disassemble and reassemble components, you must use extreme caution. The close
proximity of cables to moving parts makes proper
routing a must.
If components are removed, any cables disturbed
by the procedure must be restored as close as
possible to their original positions. Before removing any component from the machine, note the
cable routing that will be affected.
Releasing Plastic Latches
Many of the parts are held in place with plastic
latches. The latches break easily; release them
carefully.
To remove such parts, press the hook end of the
latch away from the part to which it is latched.
Whenever servicing the machine, you
must perform as follows:
1. Check to verify that documents are not stored
in memory.
2. Be sure to remove the toner cartridge before
you disassemble parts.
3. Unplug the power cord.
4. Use a flat and clean surface.
5. Replace only with authorized components.
6. Do not force plastic-material components.
7. Make sure all components are in their proper
position.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-1
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.2 Cover Upper (Left, Right)
1. Open the ADF Ass'y.
3. Apply light pressure to the right side of the Cover
Upper Right and pull it in the direction of arrow, as
shown below.
ADF Ass'y
Cover Upper Right
1
2
2. Apply light pressure to the left side of the Cover Upper
Left and pull it in the direction of arrow, as shown
below.
Cover Upper Left
1
2
5-2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.3 Front Cover
1. Take out the Cassette.
3. If necessary, remove the Toner Cartridge.
Toner Cartridge
Cassette
2. Open the Cover.
4. To remove the Front Cover, first pull the part below the
both side of the Front Cover with a light pressure to
the direction of arrow.
1
2
Front Cover
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-3
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.4 MP Tray Ass'y
1. Open the MP Tray Ass'y
3. Apply light pressure to the both side of the MP Tray
Ass'y and pull it in the direction of arrow, as shown
below.
MP Tray Ass'y
MP Tray Ass'y
2. Pull the Tray Links from the both side of the Front
Cover with a light pressure to the direction of arrow.
Tray Link
5-4
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.5 Rear Cover
1. Take out the Duplex Unit.
3. To remove the Face Up Cover, first release the
Stopper Strap in the direction of arrow.
2
1
Duplex Unit
Stopper Strap
2. Remove the four screws securing the Rear Cover and
then Release the Rear Cover from the Set.
4. Unlatch the Face Up Cover from the Rear Cover and
then release the Face Up Cover, as shown below.
Rear Cover
Face Up Cover
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-5
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.6 Fuser Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Fuser Ass'y, you should open
the face up cover and open the guide output fuser.
- Rear Cover (Refer to 5.5)
2. Remove the four screws securing the Fuser Ass'y and
then pull the Fuser Ass'y.
4. To remove the Electrodes, first release REC Harness
from the left side of the Electrode and then release the
CON Harness from the right side of the Electrode, as
shown below.
REC Harness
Fuser Ass'y
CON Harness
3. Release the CON Harness and REC Harness from
the Thermostat and then remove the three screws
securing the Thermostat and remove it.
Thermostat
5. Remove the two screws securing the both side of the
Electrode and then release the Caps and Electrodes
in the direction of arrow, as shown below.
Cap
CON Harness
Electrode
REC Harness
Electrode
Cap
5-6
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
6. Remove the two screws securing the Input Guide and
remove it.
8. Remove the three screws securing the Idle Gear
Bracket and remove it.
Idle Gear Bracket
Input Guide
9. Remove the three screw securing the Fuser Cover
and release the Fuser Cover from the Fuser Frame.
7. Unplug the connector from the Input Guide and
remove the one screw securing the Thermistor and
remove it.
Fuser Cover
Thermister
Fuser Frame
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-7
Disassembly and Reassembly
10. Release the HR Bush and then remove the Heat
Roller, as shown below.
12. Remove the Jam Link Lever (L,R) and Jam Holder
(L,R) and then remove the Pressure Roller, as
shown below.
Jam Link Lever
Heat Roller
HR Bush
Jam Holder
HR Bush
Notice: Be careful not to damage or contaminate the
surface of the roller when assembling and dis
assembling the Heat Roller.
Jam Link Lever
11. To remove the Guide Input, first unlatch the Hook
and then release the Guide Input in the direction of
arrow, as shown below.
Jam Holder
2
1
Hook
Guide Input
Notice : You must remove the Guide Input before
removing the Jam Holder so that you won't
damaged Pressure Roller.
5-8
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.7 Side Cover (Left, Right)
1. Before you remove the Side Cover (Left, Right), you
should remove:
- Front Cover (Refer to 5.3)
- Rear Cover (Refer to 5.5)
4. Remove the two screws securing the Left Side Cover,
as shown below.
2. Remove the two screws securing the Right Side
Cover, as shown below.
5. Apply light pressure to the bottom of the Left Side
Cover and pull it to the left side in the direction of
arrows, as shown below.
3. Apply light pressure to the bottom of the Right Side
Cover and pull it to the right side in the direction of
arrows, as shown below.
Left Side Cover
Right Side Cover
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-9
Disassembly and Reassembly
6. To remove the DIMM Cover, first open the DIMM
Cover in the direction of arrow and then release the
DIMM Cover, as shown below.
DIMM Cover
2
1
5-10
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.8 OPE Unit
1. Before you remove the OPE Unit, you should remove:
- Cover Upper L, R (Refer to 5.2)
4. Unplug the three connectors from the OPE PBA, as
shown below.
2. Remove the two screws securing the OPE Unit to the
Platen Ass'y.
5. Remove the nine screws securing the OPE PBA to
the OPE Cover.
3. Apply light pressure to the front of the OPE Unit and
pull it in the direction of arrow, as shown below.
OPE Cover
OPE Unit
LCD
Cover
OPE PBA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-11
Disassembly and Reassembly
6. Remove the Contact Rubbers from the OPE Cover.
8. If necessary, remove the NEVI Cover.
Sheet
Label
NEVI Cover
Mode
Onetouch
Menu
Tel_Copy
7. Remove the Lens and Keys from the OPE Cover.
9. For easy disassembly, release the Battery-NIH.
Battery-NIH
Mode
Onetouch
FAX
Copy
Menu
Tel
LED Lens
Black
On Hook
5-12
Stop Clear
Start Black
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.9 ADF Ass'y
1. Open the ADF Ass'y
3. To remove the ADF Engine part, first remove the
seven screws securing the ADF Engine part to the
Cover Platen and then release the ADF Engine
part in the direction of arrow, as shown below.
ADF Engine part
ADF Ass'y
TX Stacker
2. First remove the ADF Harness from the Platen Ass'y
and then pull the ADF Ass'y upward in the direction of
arrow, as shown below.
Notice : Take care to thread the ADF Harness through
the Cover Platen.
4. Remove the Open Cover, as shown below.
ADF Ass'y
Open Cover
2
2
1
Notice : When working on the ADF Motor Ass'y take
care not to contaminate any of the rubber
surfaces with grease.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-13
Disassembly and Reassembly
5. Release the Bush and rotate it until it reaches the slot,
as shown below. Then lift the Pick Up Ass'y out.
7. Unplug the two connector and remove four screws
securing the ADF Motor Ass'y and then remove the
receptacle of the Ground Cable, as shown below.
Then take out the ADF Motor Ass'y.
Pick Up Ass'y
ADF Motor Ass’y
1
Bushing
ADF Lower
2
6. Remove the two screws securing the ADF Upper and
remove it, as shown below.
ADF Motor Ass’y
ADF Upper
Notice : Before removing the ADF Engine part take
great care to note the position of the Ferrite
Core and the Motor Harness routing. When
refitting the ADF Engine part ensure that the
Harness and Ferrite are properly located and
are clear of the Motor Fan and White Bar Clip.
5-14
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.10 Platen Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Platen Ass'y, you should
remove:
- Side Cover Left, Right (Refer to 5.7)
- OPE Unit (Refer to 5.8)
- ADF Ass'y (Refer to 5.9)
4. Lift the Platen Ass'y in the direction of arrow, as shown
below.
Platen Ass'y
2. Remove the two screws securing the Platen Ass'y, as
shown below.
5. Remove the four screws securing the Scan Upper.
3. Remove the one screw securing the Ground Cable
and unplug the four connectors and CCD Cable.
ADF Ground
Cable
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-15
Disassembly and Reassembly
6. Release the six hooks securing the Scan Upper to the
Scan Lower and remove it, as shown below.
8. Pull up the CCD Shaft and take out the CCDM.
CCDM
Scan Upper
CCD Shaft
Scan Lower
7. Remove the CCD Cable, as shown below.
CCD Cable
9. Squeeze the spring to release the tension in the Belt
and lift from the pulleys, as shown below.
Belt
Spring
Core
Notice: You should connector remove the CCD Cable
vertically to avoid the CCD Cable pin damage.
5-16
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
10. Remove the three screws securing the Scan Motor
Ass'y and remove it.
12. To remove the ADF Lower Harness, first unlatch the
Hooks in the direction of arrow and then carefully
release the ADF Lower Harness from the Scan
Lower, as shown below.
Scan Motor Ass'y
ADF Lower Harness
1
2
11. If necessary, remove the two screws securing the
Scan Motor and remove it, as shown below.
1
13. Unplug the connector from the Open Sensor Ass'y.
Gear Bracket Ass’y
Scan Motor
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-17
Disassembly and Reassembly
14. Unlatch the Open Sensor and remove it, as shown
below.
16. Unplug the Harness from the CCD Home Sensor
and release the CCD Home Sensor, as shown
below.
Sensor Lever
CCD Home Sensor
Open Sensor
Harness
15. Remove the CCD Holder.
Caution : Reassembling CCDM
1) When refitting the Scanner Belt and Belt
Spring take care to relocate the tension
spring as close to the right side of the
CCDM as is possible, as shown below.
2) When refitting the Scan Upper Cover take
care to ensure that the Cover Open Switch
is not trapped.
CCD Holder
5-18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.11 Shield Controller Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Shield Controller Ass'y, you
should remove:
- Side Cover Left (Refer to 5.7.4)
4. Remove the five screws securing the Main PBA to the
Shield and unplug the Film Cable and then remove
the Main PBA.
2. Unplug the all connectors and remove the one screw
securing the Ground Cable.
Main PBA
Film Cable
Shield
3. Remove the five screws securing the Shield Controller
Ass'y and remove it.
5. The connectors are located, as shown below.
Flat Cover
ADF
CCD
Flat Motor
OPE Panel
Shield Controller Ass’y
USB Host
Cartridge
LSU_5V
LSU
Thermistor
Network
Port
MPF_SEN
MPF
USB
Port
REGI
Pick Up
BLDG
Parallel
Port
Engine
Duplex Motor
SCF Con
Modem PBA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-19
Disassembly and Reassembly
6. Remove the three screws securing the Modem PBA
to the Shield and unplug the Film Cable and then
remove the Modem PBA.
7. Remove the two screws securing the Speaker to the
Shield and unplug the connector from the Modem
PBA and then remove the Speaker.
Film Cable
Shield
Modem PBA
Shield
Speaker
5-20
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.12 Drive Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Drive Ass'y, you should
remove:
- Side Cover Left (Refer to 5.7.4)
- Shield Controller Ass'y (Refer to 5.11)
3. If necessary, remove the four screws securing the
BLDC Motor Ass'y and remove it.
2. Remove the five screws securing the Drive Ass'y and
remove it.
Gear Bracket Ass’y
Drive Ass’y
Harness
BLDC Motor Ass’y
Notice : The six screws have numbers stamped into the
Drive Ass'y base plate. When refitting the Drive
Ass'y tighten the screws the order they are
numbered. Only screws numbered 1 to 5 are
fitted at this stage. Screw 6 is fitted when the
Shield Controller Ass'y is refitted.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-21
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.13 Duplex Drive Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Duplex Drive Ass'y, you should
remove:
- Side Cover Right (Refer to 5.7.3)
3. If necessary, remove the two screws securing the
Duplex Motor and remove it.
2. Unplug the connector from the Connection PCB and
remove the three screws securing the Duplex Drive
Unit and remove it.
Harness
Bracket Ass’y
Connection
PCB
Duplex Motor
Duplex Motor
Duplex Drive Ass'y
5-22
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.14 Shield SMPS Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Shield SMPS Ass'y, you
should remove:
- Side Cover Right (Refer to 5.7.3)
- Duplex Drive Ass'y (Refer to 5.13)
4. Unplug the connector (AC Inlet) and remove the four
screws securing SMPS and remove it.
Shield SMPS (With AC Inlet)
2. Unplug the two connectors (HVPS, Fuser).
AC Inlet Connector
SMPS
Insulator Sheet
Fuser Connector
HVPS Connector
3. Remove the three screws securing the Shield SMPS
Ass'y and remove it.
Shield SMPS Ass’y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-23
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.15 Connection PCB
1. Before you remove the Connection PCB, you should
remove:
- Side Cover Right (Refer to 5.7.3)
4. The connectors are located, as shown below.
Fuser Exit Motor, Duplex Fan
2. Unplug the all connectors.
Duplex Motor
FAN MAIN
HVPS
Connection
PCB
3. Remove the two screws securing the Connection
PCB and remove it.
Connection
PCB
5-24
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.16 Fuser Drive Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Fuser Drive Ass'y, you should
remove:
- Side Cover Right (Refer to 5.7.3)
4. If necnsary, remove the two screws securing the Step
Motor and remove it.
Fuser Exit Bracket Ass'y
2. Unplug the connector from the Connection PCB.
Step Motor
Connection
PCB
Harness
Fuser Drive
3. Remove the three screws securing the Fuser Drive
Ass'y and remove it.
Fuser Drive Ass’y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-25
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.17 Fan
1. Before you remove the Fan, you should remove:
- Side Cover Right (Refer to 5.7.3)
3. Remove the two screws securing the Fans and then
pull the Fans (Main, Duplex).
2. Unplug the two connectors from the Connection PCB,
as shown below.
Duplex Fan
Connection
PCB
Main Fan
Main Fan
Duplex Fan
(Fuser Exit Motor)
5-26
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.18 Pick Up Roller Ass'y
1. Take out the Cassette.
3. To remove the Shaft, first release the locker and slide
the Shaft from left to right, then lift the notch attached
to the Cam so that it's released from the Shaft. Then
release the Bush from the Shaft and remove the Shaft
from the Duplex Guide Housing, as shown below.
2
3
Shaft
Cam
Bush
4
1
Cassette
Locker
2. To remove the Pick Up Roller Ass'y, first lift the notch
attached to the Pick Up Roller Ass'y from the Shaft,
then slide the Pick Up Roller Ass'y from left to right
and it will be released completely, as shown below.
2
1
Pick Up Roller Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-27
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.19 Duplex Guide Housing (With Feed Roller)
1. Before you remove the Duplex Guide Housing, you
should remove:
- Pick Up Roller Ass'y (Refer to 5.18)
4. Pull the Feed Roller from the Bushing.
2. Remove the two screws securing the Duplex Guide
Housing.
Feed Roller
Bushing
Duplex Guide Housing
3. Unplug the one connector (Photo Interrupter) and
remove the Duplex Guide Housing (with Feed Roller),
as shown below.
Photo Interrupter
Connector
Duplex Guide Housing
5-28
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.20 HVPS Housing
1. Before you remove the HVPS Housing, you should
remove:
- Duplex Drive Ass'y (Refer to 5.13)
- Unplug the HVPS Connector (Refer to 5.14)
- Pick Up Roller Ass'y (Refer to 5.18)
- Duplex Guide Housing (Refer to 5.19)
4. If necessary, remove the three screws securing the
HVPS and remove it.
2. Remove the eight screws securing the HVPS
Housing, as shown below.
HVPS
Insulator Sheet
Shield
HVPS Housing
3. Unplug the connector for connector PBA and SMPS
first. Unplug the other Connections.
Duplex Motor
Engine
Duplex
Guide
Housing
Connection
PBA & SMPS
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-29
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.21 Middle Cover Ass'y
1. Before you remove the Middle Cover Ass'y, you
should remove:
- Side Cover (Left, Right) (Refer to 5.7)
- Scanner Ass'y (Refer to 5.10)
- Shield Controller Ass'y (Refer to 5.11)
2. Remove the six screws securing the Middle Cover
Ass'y and remove it.
3. If necessary, remove the two screws securing the
USB Host PBA and remove it.
Harness
USB Host PBA
Middle Cover Ass’y
5.22 Cover Mid Front
1. Before you remove the Cover Mid Front, you should
remove:
- Middle Cover Ass'y (Refer to 5.21)
2. Remove the four screws securing the Cover Mid Front
and release two hooks in the center. This cover is
fragile take care when removing it.
Hook
Hook
Cover Mid Front
5-30
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.23 MPF Housing
1. Before you remove the MPF Housing, you should
remove:
- Cover Mid Front (Refer to 5.22)
2. Remove the four screws securing the MPF Housing
and remove it.
3. To remove the MP Pick Up Ass'y, first lift the notch
attached to the left side Stopper so that it's slide the
right to left from the Shaft, then left side Idle slid the
right to left from the Shaft and take out the MP Pick
Up Ass'y, as shown below.
MPF Housing
Stopper
2
1
MPF Housing
Idle
MP Pick Up Ass'y
Notice : Do not grab the rubber part of the Feed1 Roller,
it may cause a malfunction due to a foreigen
object.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-31
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.24 Feed Roller Parts
1. Before you remove the Feed Roller Parts, you should
remove:
- Pick Up Roller Ass'y (Refer to 5.18)
- Duplex Guide Housing (Refer to 5.19)
- Middle Cover Ass'y (Refer to 5.21)
- MPF Housing (Refer to 5.23)
2. Remove the two screws securing the both side of the
Plate Push Bushing and then remove the Guides.
Plate Push Bushing
4. Release the E-Ring securing the Feed2 Gear and
remove it.
E-Ring
Feed2 Gear
5. Remove the three screws securing the Feed Bracket
Unit and then remove the Feed Bracket Unit and
Feed2 Shaft.
Feed Bracket Unit
3. Pull up the Feed Idle Shaft and the Bushs (with
Spring).
Feed Idle Shaft
Spring
Bush
Feed2 Shaft
5-32
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
6. If necessary, release the three E-Rings securing the
Gears (T2 Idle, Retard, Idle) and then remove the
Gears from the Feed Bracket, as shown below.
8. Pull up the Feed1 Roller from the Bushing, as shown
below.
Idle Gear
Feed1 Roller
Bracket
E-Ring
Retard Gear
T2 Idle Gear
Notice : Be aware of the E-Rings to ensure they are not
lost.
7. Remove the Clutch Unit, as shown below.
Notice : Do not grab the rubber part of the Feed1 Roller,
it may cause a malfunction due to a foreigen
object.
Clutch Unit
Feed1 Gear Ass'y
Feed Shaft
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-33
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.25 Pick Up Gear Ass'y & Solenoids
1. Before you remove the Pick Up Gear Ass'y &
Solenoids, you should remove:
- Duplex Guide Housing (Refer to 5.19)
- Feed Bracket Unit (Refer to 5.24.5)
3. Remove the two screws securing the Manual
Solenoid and Feed Solenoid and then remove the
Solenoids, as shown below.
2. Release the Pick Up Gear Ass'y and Pick Up Gear
Shaft, as shown below.
Feed Solenoid
Pick Up Gear Ass’y
Manual Solenoid
Pick Up Gear Shaft
5.26 Exit Roller
1. Before you remove the Exit Roller, you should
remove:
- Fuser Drive Ass'y (Refer to 5.16)
- Middle Cover Ass'y (Refer to 5.21)
2. Remove the Exit Gear, and release the Bearing at
one end then remove the Roller Exit F/Down and Exit
Roller Rack, as shown below.
Bearing
Exit Roller Rack
Roller Exit F/Down
1
1
Exit Gear
2
Notice : Do not grab the rubber part of the Feed1 Roller,
it may cause a malfunction due to a foreigen
object.
5-34
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.27 LSU
1. Before you remove the LSU, you should remove:
- Middle Cover Ass'y (Refer to 5.21)
2. Remove the four screws securing the LSU and
remove it.
LSU
5.28 CRUM2 PBA
1. Before you remove the CRUM2 PBA, you should
remove:
- Middle Cover Ass'y (Refer to 5.21)
- LSU (Refer to 5.27)
2. Remove the one screw securing the CRUM2 PBA
and remove it and then release the four Terminals, as
shown below.
CRUM2 PBA
Terminal
Notice : Be aware of the Terminals to ensure they are
not lost.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
5-35
Disassembly and Reassembly
5.29 Transfer Roller Parts
1. To remove the Transfer Roller, first pull the TR Holder
and then take out the Transfer Roller, as shown
below.
2
1
TR Holder
Notice : Do not grab the rubber part of the Transfer
Roller, it may cause a malfunction due to a
foreigen object. Hole the both side of the
Transfer Roller when replacing it.
5-36
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6
Troubleshooting
6. Troubleshooting
6.1 Procedure of Checking the Symptoms
Before attempting to repair the printer first obtain a detailed description of the problem from the customer.
Power On
OP Panel
ON?
- No Power
- Power Module error
- Main PBA error
- LCD Panel error
Ready or
Power save
Indicate
Error Massage
Refer to
Error Massage
<Chapter 4.8>
Test Print
printing
Quality is
Nomal?
Refer to "Solution
of Image Problem"
END
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-1
Troubleshooting
6.2 Paper Feeding Problems
6.2.1 Wrong Print Position
• Description
Printing begins when the paper is in the wrong position.
Check and Cause
Solution
A defective feed sensor actuator can cause incorrect timing.
Replace the defective actuator
6.2.2 JAM 0
1. Paper has not exited from the cassette.
2. Jam-0 occurs if the paper feeds into the printer.
• Description
Fuser
Toner Cartridge
CR
Check and Cause
Solution
DR
EXIT
Sensor
OPC
PR
SR
PTL
Feed
Sensor
FR
K/R
TR
MP Sensor
1. Check the Solenoid by using Engine
Test Mode.
1. Replace the solenoid.
2. Check the surface of the roller-pickup for foreign matter.
2. Clean with soft cloth dampened with
IPA(Isopropyl Alcohol) or water.
3. If continuous clusters occur, check
whether the assembly slot between
shaft-pickup and housing-pickup
become open or is broken away.
3. Replace the Housing-Pickup and/or
Shaft-Pickup.
PIC
Empty Sensor
4. If the paper feeds into the printer and
Jam 0 occurs, perform Component
Test Mode to check feed-sensor of
the engine board.
6-2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.2.3 JAM 1
1. Recording paper is jammed in front of or inside the fuser.
2. Recording paper is stuck in the discharge roller and in the fuser just after passing through the
Actuator-Feed.
• Description
Check and Cause
LSU
Fuser
Toner Cartridge
CR
DR
EXIT
Sensor
OPC
PR
SR
PTL
Feed
Sensor
MP Sensor
FR
1. If the recording paper is jammed in
front of or inside the fuser.
1. Replace the HVPS.
2. If the recording paper is stuck in the
discharge roller and the fuser just
after passing through the ActuatorFeed, Feed Actuator may be defective.
2. Reassemble the Actuator-Feed and
Spring-Actuator if the return is bad.
K/R
TR
Solution
PIC
Empty Sensor
6.2.4 JAM 2
1. Recording paper is jammed in front of or inside the fuser.
2. Recording paper is stuck in the discharge roller and in the fuser just after passing through the
Actuator-Feed.
• Description
LSU
Fuser
Toner Cartri
CR
DR
EXIT
Sensor
PR
OPC
SR
PTL
Feed
Sensor
FR
K/R
TR
PIC
Empty Sensor
MP S
Check and Cause
Solution
1. If the paper is completely fed out of
the printer, but Jam 2 occurs
: Exit sensor is defective.
• After the paper is completely discharged, actuator Exit should return
to the original position to shut off the
photo-sensor. Sometimes it takes
longer than it should and does not
return.
1. Check if the exit sensor actuator is
defective.
• Check if the actuator exit is deformed
(Check if the lever part is deformed
in shape).
• Check whether burrs occur in the
assembly part of the actuator exit or
not and if the actuator is smoothly
operated.
• Check if foreign matters and wire get
caught in the actuator exit's operation.
2. If the paper is rolled in the Fuser Roller:
• This occurs when a Guide claw is
broken away or transformed.
• It occurs when the Guide claw spring
is broken away or transformed.
• It occurs when the Heat-Roller or
Pressure-Roller is seriously contaminated with toner powder.
2. If the paper is stuck in the fuser : disassemble the fuser and remove the
jammed paper, and clean the surface
of the pressure roller with dry gauze.
3. Paper is accordion jammed in fuser.
3. Remove the jammed paper after disassembling the fuser : Clean the surface
of the pressure roller with dry gauze.
• Remove the toner particles stained
on the rib.
• Check the assemblage and performance of the exit.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-3
Troubleshooting
6.2.5 Multi-Feeding
• Description
Multiple sheets of paper are fed at once.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Solenoid malfunction(the solenoid does not work
properly): Perform Engine Test Mode.
1. Replace the solenoid if necessary.
2. Friction-Pad is contaminated with foreign matter.(oil..)
2. Clean the friction-pad with soft cloth dampened with
IPA(Isopropyl Alcohol).
3. The face of paper is blended.
3. Use the smooth paper.
6.2.6 Paper rolled in the fuser
• Description
Paper rolled in the fuser 100.5mm
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Contamination of the pressure roller or heat roller
(Background, Hot off set).
1. After disassembling the fuser, clean contamination
between the heat roller and the thermostor and
remove the contamination of the pressure roller.
2. Check the claw of the fuser whether it is deformed.
2. If there is heavy background, repair it by the
background troubleshooting method.
3. Clean the surface of the heat roller with IPA or water.
4. Check the warp or separation of the print claw and
the holder plate claw, and then manage it.
6-4
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.2.7 Paper rolled in the OPC
• Description
Paper is rolled up in the OPC.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Paper is too thin.
1. Recommend to use normal paper thickness.
2. The face of paper is curled.
2. How to remove the rolled paper in the OPC.
• Remove the paper while turning the OPC against
the ongoing direction.
• Clean fingerprints on the OPC softly with soft
cloth dampened with IPA(Isopropyl Alcohol) or tissue.
6.2.8 Defective ADF
• Description
ADF (Automatic document Feeder) is not properly operated.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check if ADF rubber and HOLDER rubber are damaged.
1. Replace the contaminated or damaged part.
2. Check if the document sensors of ADF Ass’y
(3 paper sensors) are normal.
2. If you cannot confirm the damaged part with the
naked eye, try to replace the ADF Ass’y.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-5
Troubleshooting
6.3 Printing Problems (malfunction)
6.3.1 Defective Operation (LCD WINDOW
• Description
) Display
Strange characters are displayed on the OPE Panel and buttons are not operated.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Clear the memory.
1. Try again after clearing the memory.
2. Check if OPE HARNESS is connected to the Connection
B'd correctly.
2. After confirming that OPE HARNESS is connected to
the Connection B'd correctly, if it is so, then replace
the OPE Ass’y and Main Board in sequence.
6.3.2 Defective LCD Operation
• Description
Defective LCD Operation
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Clear the memory.
1. The key is wrong itself or wrongly assembled.
2. Confirm to catch a click sound, while a key on the OPE
panel is pressed on.
2. Even after the key has been replaced, it is still wrong,
try to replace the OPE Ass’y and the Main B'd in
sequence.
6-6
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.3.3 Not functioning of the fuser gear due to melting away
• Description
The Motor breaks away from its place due to gear melting away.
Check and Cause
1. Check the Heat Lamp.
Solution
1. Replace the Fuser.
2. Replace the Main PBA.
3. Replace the SMPS.
6.3.4 Paper Empty
• Description
The paper empty status on the operator panel is on even when paper is loaded in the cassette.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Bending or deformation of the actuator of the paper sensor.
1. Replace the defective actuator.
2. The function of the Main PBA is defective Perform
Engine Test Mode.
2. Replace the Main PBA.
6.3.5 Paper Empty without indication
• Description
The paper empty status on the operator panel does not come on when the paper cassette is
empty.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Bending or deformation of the actuator of the paper sensor.
1. Replace the defective actuator.
2. The function of the Main PBA is defective Perform.
2. Replace the Main PBA.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-7
Troubleshooting
6.3.6 Door Open
• Description
Door open status is on even when the print Door is closed.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. The hook lever in the Front Cover may be defective.
1. Replace the hook lever, if defective.
2. Check the Connector(CN1) and Circuit of the Cover
Switch department in the Main PBA.
2. Check the insertion of the Door Open S/W Connect.
3. Replace the Main PBA or Door Open S/W.
6.3.7 No Beep on when the Door is open
• Description
Door open status does not come on even when the printer Door is open.
Check and Cause
Check the Connector(CN1) and Circuit of the Cover Switch
department in the Main PBA.
Solution
1. Check the insertion of the Door S/W Connect.
2. Replace the Main PBA or Door Open S/W.
6-8
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.3.8 Defective Motor operation
• Description
Main Motor is not driving when printing, and paper does not feed into the printer, resulting 'Jam 0'.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Motor harness or sub PCB may be defective.
1. Check the Motor harness, replace it, if defective.
2. Perform Engine Test Mode and Check the Motor operation.
2. Replace the SMPS, if necessary.
6.3.9 No Power
• Description
When system power is turned on, all lamps on the operator panel do not come on.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check if the power input and SMPS output are normal.
1. Replace the power supply cord or SMPS.
2. Check for defective of LCD-Panel on the front-cover if the
LCD of Panel does not appear after normal warming-up.
2. Replace the control board.
3. Replace the LCD-panel.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-9
Troubleshooting
6.3.10 Vertical Line Getting Curved
• Description
When printing, vertical line gets curved.
Check and Cause
1. If the supply of +24v is unstable in the Main Control board
linking with LSU, check drive by Engine Test Mode.
Solution
1. Replace LSU.
2. Replace the Main Control board.
6-10
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.3.11 Duplex Jam 1
• Description
A message 'Duplex Jam 1' is displayed in a LCD window.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. It is a case when a paper cannot operate a duplex sensor.
1. Replace a HVPS or main PBA
2. It is a case when a paper cannot reach to a duplex sensor
due to a paper jam on a duplex
path.
2. A case that a paper jam occurs on
(A) after it is reversed: replace a
2nd exit roller after checking its
operation.
3. When duplex unit relationship
life time became all.
3. A case that a paper jam occurs on
(B) after it is reversed: replace a
duplex roller after checking its
operation
4. Replace a Duplex unit.
6.3.12 Duplex Jam 0
• Description
A message 'Duplex Jam 0' is displayed in a LCD window.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. It is a case that a paper cannot pass
a Duplex sensor.
1. Replace a HVPS or main PBA.
2. It is a case that a paper cannot reach
to a registration sensor after it is
passed a duplex sensor.
2. A case that a leading edge of a paper
is jammed on (A) check an operation of
a guide front. If it is worn or defective,
replace it.
3. When duplex unit relationship
life time became all.
3. Check an operation of a feed roller
and a registration roller. If they are worn
or defective replace them.
4. Replace a Duplex unit.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-11
Troubleshooting
6.4 Printing Quality Problems
6.4.1 Vertical Black Line and Band
• Description
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
1. Straight thin black vertical line occurs in the printing.
2. Dark black vertical band occur in the printing.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Damaged develop roller in the Developer.
Deformed Doctor-blade.
1. If causes 1 and 2 occur in the developer
cartridge, replace the developer and try to
print out.
2. Scratched surface of the charge roller in
the developer.
2. Replace the transfer roller if occurred as
No. 3.
3. Partial depression or deformation on the
surface of the transfer roller.
6.4.2 Vertical White Line
• Description
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
White vertical voids in the image.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Foreign matter stuck onto the window of
internal lenses of LSU mirror.
1. Foreign matter stuck onto the window :
Clean the LSU window with recommended cleaner(IPA) Clean the window with a
clean cotton swab.
2. Foreign matter or toner particles between
the developer roller and blade.
(In case the life of the developer has
been expired, white lines or light image
occur in front of the image.)
2. Foreign matter in the LSU : Open the
cover of LSU and clean with a cotton
swab on the surface of the reflex mirror.
3. It may occur when a Burr and foreign
substances are on the window of the
developer frame.
3. No 3. : Remove the foreign matter and
burr of the exposure window.
(Developer cartridge)
4. If the fuser is defective, voids occur periodically at the top of a black image.
4. No. 4. : Open the front cover and check
ribs that corresponds to the position of
the voids. Remove if found.
5. If the problems are not solved, replace
the developer cartridge.
6-12
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.4.3 Horizontal Black Band
• Description
1. Dark or blurry horizontal stripes occur in the printing periodically.
(They may not occur periodically.)
Check and Cause
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Solution
1. Bad contacts of the voltage terminals to
developer.
1. Clean each voltage terminal of the Charge,
Supply, Develop and Transfer roller.
(remove the toner particles and paper particles)
2. The rollers of developer may be stained.
Charge roller = 37.7 mm
Supply roller = 53 mm
Develop roller = 39 mm
Transfer roller = 45.3 mm
2. Clean the right Gear that has a relatively
small gap of the teeth in the OPC.
3. If the malfunction persists, replace the
developer.
6.4.4 Black/White Spot
• Description
1. Dark or blurry black spots occur periodically in the printing.
2. White spots occur periodically in the printing.
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Check and Cause
Solution
1. If dark or blurry black spots occur
periodically, the rollers in the Developer
may be contaminated with foreign matter
or paper particles.
( Charge roller : 37.7 mm interval
OPC drum : 75.5 mm interval)
1. Run OPC cleaning Mode Print and run the
Self-test 2 or 3 times.
2. If faded areas or voids occur in a black
image at intervals of 75.5 mm, or black
spots occur elsewhere, the OPC drum
surface is damaged.
2. In case of 75.5 mm interval unremovable in
1, cleanly remove foreign substances stuck
on the OPC location equivalent to black
spots and white spots with a dry duster.
3. If a black image is partially broken, the
transfer voltage is abnormal or the transfer roller's life has expired.
3. The transfer roller guarantees 70,000
sheets printing. If the roller's life is expired,
replace it.
4. In case of 37.7 mm interval unremovable in
1, take measures as to replace the developer cartridge and try to print out.
5. Clean the inside of the set against the paper
particles and foreign matter in order not to
cause the trouble.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-13
Troubleshooting
6.4.5 Light Image
• Description
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
The printed image is light, with no ghost.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Develop roller is stained when the toner
of developer cartridge is almost consumed.
1. Check if the Toner Save Mode is off.
2. Ambient temperature is below than 10°C.
2. No 1 : Replace the developer cartridge and
try to print out.
3. Bad contact caused by the toner stains
between the high voltage terminal in the
HVPS and the one in the set.
3. No 2 : Wait 30 minutes after printer is powered on before you start printing.
4. Abnormal output from the HVPS.
(Run self-test and check 1~4)
4. No3 : Clean up the contaminated area by
the toner.
5. Replace the HVPS if the problems are not
solved by the above four directions.
6.4.6 Dark Image or a Black
• Description
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
6-14
The printed image is dark.
Check and Cause
1. No charge voltage in the Main PBA.
( Perform Engine Test Mode : Diagnostic
code 4 HVPS check.)
2. Charge voltage is not turned on due to
the bad contacts between power supply
in the side of the Developer and charge
terminal of HVPS.
Solution
1. Clean the high voltage charge terminal.
2. Check the state of the connector which
connects the engine board and HVPS.
3. If steps 1 and 2 above did not correct the
problem, replace the HVPS .
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.4.7 Uneven Density
• Description
Print density is uneven between left and right.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. The pressure force on the left and right
springs of the transfer roller is not even,
the springs are damaged, the transfer
roller is improperly installed, or the transfer roller bushing or holder is damaged.
1. Replace both the left and right Spring
Holder.
2. The life of the Developer has expired.
2. Problem with the toner cartridge, replace
the toner cartridge and try to print out.
3. The toner level is not even on the developer roller due to the bad blade.
6.4.8 Background
• Description
Light dark background appears in whole area of the printing.
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Recycled recording paper has been
used.
1. Quality is not guaranteed when using recycled paper.
2. The life of the Developer has expired.
2. Replace the toner cartridge.
3. The up-to-down movement of the transfer roller is swift?
3. Clean the busing on the transfer roller.
4. The HVPS is normal?
(Perform Engine Test Mode diagnostic
code 4)
4. Replace the HVPS.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-15
Troubleshooting
6.4.9 Ghost (1)
• Description
Check and Cause
75.5 mm
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Ghost occurs at 75.5 mm intervals of the OPC drum in the whole printing.
Solution
1. Bad contacts caused by contamination
from toner particles between high voltage
terminal in the main body and the electrode of the Developer.
1. Clean the contaminated terminals.
2. Bad contacts caused by contamination
from toner particles between high voltage
terminal in the main body and the one in
the HVPS board.
2. Problem in the toner cartridge, replace the
toner cartridge and try to print out.
3. The life of developer is expired.
3. Replace the engine board if not solved by
the above directions 1-2.
4. Transfer roller lifetime(70,000 sheets) has
expired.
4. If not solved by the direction 3, check the
transfer roller lifetime and replace it.
5. Abnormal low temperature(below 10°C).
5. Wait about 1 hour after power on before
using printer.
6. Damaged cleaning blade in the developer.
6. Problem in the toner cartridge, replace the
toner cartridge and try to print out.
6.4.10 Ghost (2)
• Description
6-16
75.5 mm
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Ghost occurs at 75.5 mm intervals of the OPC drum in the whole printing.
(When printing on card stock or transparencies using manual feeder)
Check and Cause
Solution
When printing on card stock thicker than normal paper or transparencies such as OHP,
higher transfer voltage is required.
Select 'Thick Mode' on paper type menu from
the software application and after use, we recommend returning to the original Mode.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.4.11 Ghost (3)
• Description
White ghost occurs in the black image printing at 35.2 mm intervals.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. The life of the developer may be expired.
1. Problem in the toner cartridge, replace the
toner cartridge and try to print out.
2. The abnormal voltage and bad contact of
the terminal of the developing roller
2. Check the approved voltage of the supply
roller and contact of the terminal and adjust
if necessary.
39 mm
Digital
Digital Printer
Printer
Digital
Digital Printer
Printer
Digital
Digital Printer
Printer
6.4.12 Ghost (4)
• Description
Check and Cause
77.8 mm
Digital
Digital Printer
Printer
Digital
Digital Printer
Printer
Ghost occurs at 88.9 mm intervals.
The temperature of the fuser is maintained
high.
Digital
Digital Printer
Printer
Solution
1. Disassemble the fuser and remove the
contaminated toner particles on the roller
and clean the foreign matter between
Thermistor and Heat roller.
(
Caution: can be deformed)
6.4.13 Stains on the front of the page
• Description
The background on the face of the printed page is stained.
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Toner leakage due to improperly sealed
developer.
1. Replace the toner cartridge.
2. If the transfer roller is contaminated, stains
on the face of page will occur.
2. If the transfer roller is contaminated, run PC
Cleaning Mode Print 2 or 3 times.
And perform Self-Test 2 or 3 times to
remove contamination.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-17
Troubleshooting
6.4.14 Stains on back of the page
• Description
Digital
Digital Pri
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
The back of the page is stained at 47.1 mm intervals.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Transfer roller is contaminated.
1. Perform the OPC Cleaning Mode Print 2 or
3 times. Run Self-Test to remove the contamination of the transfer roller.
2. Pressure roller is contaminated.
2. Replace the transfer roller if contaminated
severely.
3. Disassemble the fuser and clean the
H/R(Heat Roller) and P/R(Pressure roller).
And check the area between H/R and
Thermistor. If contaminated, clean the area
is should not be deformed.
6.4.15 Blank Page Print out (1)
• Description
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Digital Printer
Blank page is printed.
Check and Cause
Bad ground contacts in OPC and/or developer.
Solution
Remove contamination of the terminals of the
toner cartridge and the printer.
6.4.16 Blank Page Print out (2)
• Description
1. Blank page is printed.
2. One or several blank pages are printed.
3. When the printer turns on, several blank pages print.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Bad ground contacts in OPC and/or
developer.
1. Remove contamination of the terminals of
the toner cartridge.
2. Abnormal solenoid.
2. Perform the engine self test using Engine Test
Mode diagnostic Mode code 0 if the Solenoid is
normal.
3. If not solved by the above directions 1-2,
Replace the engine board.
4. Turn the power off, clear the print job on the
computer, and try printing again.
6-18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.5 Fax & Phone Problems
6.5.1 No Dial Tone
• Description
While on-hook button is pressed, there is no dial tone.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check if the telephone line cord is connected to
TEL LINE correctly.
1. If the telephone cord is normal but there is no dial tone,
then try to replace the LIU B'd.
2. Check if it makes CLICK sound while OHD key is
pressed.
2. If you cannot hear the OHD CLICK sound, the OPE
Ass’y may be defective. Try to replace the OPE Ass’y.
3. Check the connection of HARNESS between the
LIU and the Main B'd.
3. Check the Speaker connection, and try to replace it.
4. Check if the SPEAKER is connected correctly.
4. Lastly, try to replace the Main B'd.
6.5.2 Defective MF DIAL
• Description
The MF DIAL is not functioning.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check if the telephone line is connected correctly.
1. If you cannot catch the OHD CLICK sound, the OPE
Ass’y may be defective. Try to replace the OPE Ass’y.
2. Wile the BUTTON KEY is pressed, check to catch
a CLICK sound.
2. If you can catch a CLICK sound, after checking the
connection of HARNESS between the LIU and the
Main PBA, try to replace the HARNESS.
3. Check the connection of HARNESS between the
LIU and the Main PBA.
3. The problem still persists, then replace the LIU and the
main B'd in sequence.
Notes:
Product supports the MF DIAL type only.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-19
Troubleshooting
6.5.3 Defective FAX FORWARD/RECEIVE
• Description
The FAX FORWARD/RECEIVE is not functioning.
Check and Cause
1. Check if you can catch a dial tone by pressing
OHD.
2. Check if you can catch a RECEIVE tone while
MODEM testing in the TECH Mode.
Solution
1. If the MODEM testing is normal and there is no dial
tone, then try to replace the LIU B'd.
2. If the MODEM testing is abnormal, try to replace the
Main B'd.
6.5.4 Defective FAX FORWARD
• Description
RECEIVE is functioning, but FORWARD is not functioning or the received data are broken.
Check and Cause
1. Check if there is NOISE when pressing on-hook
dial.
Solution
1. If it makes NOISE while using on-hook dial, replace or
repair the telephone line.
2. Check the RECEIVE condition by trying to forward
a FAX to another fax machine from the forwarding
side FAX.
3. Check if the telephone line connected to the
Product is contaminated or gets stripped off or
down.
6-20
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.5.5 Defective FAX RECEIVE (1)
• Description
FORWARD is functioning, but RECEIVE is not functioning or the received data are broken.
Check and Cause
1.Check if there is NOISE when pressing on-hook
dial.
Solution
1.If it makes NOISE while on-hooking, replace or repair
the telephone line.
2.Check the RECEIVE condition by trying to receive a
FAX at another fax machine.
6.5.6 Defective FAX RECEIVE (2)
• Description
The received data are lengthened or cut in the printing.
Check and Cause
1. Check if there is NOISE when pressing on-hook
dial.
2. Ask to the forwarding side, check the image quality
of another machine receiving a FAX additionally
sent to.
Solution
1. If it makes NOISE, rearrange the telephone line.
(Refer to 'Defective FAX RECEIVE'.)
2. Check if the FAX status of the forwarding side is also
normal.
6.5.7 Defective FAX RECEIVE (3)
• Description
The phone is ringing continuously, but it cannot receive.
Check and Cause
Check if the RECEIVE Mode is TEL MODE or FAX
MODE.
Solution
Even when the RECEIVE Mode is changed to FAX
MODE, it cannot receive, then replace the LIU and the
Main B'd in sequence.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-21
Troubleshooting
6.5.8 Defective FAX RECEIVE (4)
• Description
The received data is reduced by more than 50% in the printing.
Check and Cause
Check the FAX status of the forwarding side.
Solution
After checking the data of the forwarding side, correct the
FAX of the forwarding side.
6.5.9 Defective Automatic Receiving
• Description
The automatic receiving function is not working.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check if the RECEIVE Mode is TEL MODE or FAX
MODE.
1. If the RECEIVE Mode is set to the TEL MODE, reset it
to the FAX MODE.
2. Even after the RECEIVE Mode is changed to the FAX
Mode, it cannot receive, then try to replace the LIU and
the Main B'd in sequence.
6-22
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.6 Copy Problems
6.6.1 White Copy
• Description
Blank page is printed out when copy.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check the Scan-Cover open.
1. Room light ca transit a thin original.
2. Check shading profile.
2. Remake shading profile in the tech mode.
3. Check white/black reference voltage in Main PBA.
3. Replace U60 if it is defective.
• U60-154 = 0.5V
• U60-155 = 3.3V
6.6.2 Black Copy
• Description
Black page is printed out when Copy.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check the CCD problem in Main PBA.
1. Check the CCD harness contact.
2. Check shading profile.
2. Remake shading profile in the tech mode.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-23
Troubleshooting
6.6.3 Abnormal noise
• Description
There is noise when copy.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check the Scanner Motor and any mechanical
disturbance.
1. Check the right position of the Scanner Motor, and
check the any mechanical disturbance in the CCD
carriage part.
2. Check the Motor Driver in Driver PBA.
2. If any driver is defective, replace it.
• Connection PBA U4-1, 19 or U5-1, 19=0V to 24V
swing signal when operating.
6.6.4 Defective Image Quality
• Description
The copied image is light or bad.
Check and Cause
1. Check shading profile.
2. Check the gap between original and scanner
glass.
3. Check printing quality.
6-24
Solution
1. Remake shading profile in the tech mode.
2. The gap above 0.5 mm can cause a blurred image.
3. See “Print” troubleshooting.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.7 Scanning Problems
6.7.1 Defective PC Scan
• Description
The PC Scan is not functioning at all.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check the Cable (USB or Parallel)
1. If the PC and the cable are not connected properly,
reconnect it.
2. Check if the driver is installed properly.
2. After confirming that it is proper by performing a PC
printing test related to driver setup, if it is not so, reinstall it. (Refer to User's Manual.)
3. Check if copy function operates normally.
3. If copy function works, replace the Main PBA.
If copy function doesn’t work, replace the CCD Ass’y
and try again.
6.7.2 Defective Image Quality of PC Scan
• Description
The image PC scanned is not clear or bad.
Check and Cause
Solution
1. Check the waveform form by performing a CCD
test in TECH Mode.
1. If the CCD waveform form is abnormal, try to replace
the CCD Ass’y.
2. Check if the resolution is set too low in PC Scan
options. (Refer to User's Manual.)
2. If the resolution is set to low, let the user be acquainted with the using method well.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-25
Troubleshooting
6.8 Toner Cartridge Service
It is not guaranteed for the default caused by using other toner cartridge other than the cartridge supplied by the
Samsung Electronic or caused by non-licensed refill production.
6.8.1 Precautions on Safe-keeping of Toner Cartridge
Excessive exposure to direct light more than a few minutes may cause damage to the cartridge.
6.8.2 Service for the Life of Toner Cartridge
If the printed image is light due to the life of the toner, you can temporarily improve the print quality by redistributing the
toner(Shake the toner cartridge), however, you should replace the toner cartridge to solve the problem thoroughly.
6.8.2. 1 Redistributing Toner
When the toner cartridge is near the end of its life, white streaks or light print occurs. The LCD displays the warning message, “Toner Low.” You can temporarily reestablish the print quality by redistributing the remaining toner in the cartridge.
1. Open the Front Cover.
4. Save the box and the cover for shipping. Slide the new
toner cartridge in until it locks into place.
2. Lightly pushing the used cartridge down, pull it out.
5. Close the front cover.
Note : Help the environment by recycling your used toner cartridge. Refer to the recycling brochure packed with the
toner cartridge for details.
3. Unpack the new toner cartridge and gently shake it horizontally four or five times to distribute the toner evenly
inside the cartridge.
6.8.3 Service for Judgement of Inferior Expendables and the Standard of Guarantee
Please refer to User's Manual or Instructions on Fax/Printer Expendables SVC for the judgement of inferior expendables and the standard of guarantee besides this service manual.
6-26
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.8.4 Signs and Measures at Poor toner cartridge
Fault
Light image and
partially blank
image
(The life is ended.)
Signs
Cause & Check
• The printed image
is light or unclean
and untidy.
1. If the image is light or unclean
and untidy printed image Shake the developer and
then recheck.
• Some part of the
(1)NG: Check the weight of the
image is not printdeveloper
ed.
(2)OK: Lack of toner, so the life
is nearly closed.
• Periodically a noise 2. Some part of image is not
as "tick tick" occurs.
printed - Shake the developer and then recheck.
(1)NG: Check the weight of the
developer and clean
the LSU window with a
cotton swab, then
recheck.
(2)OK: Lack of toner, so the life
is nearly closed.
3. Periodically a noise as "tick
tick" occurs - Measure the
cycle and the weight of the
developer.
4. White vertical stripes on the
whole screen or partly :
Check the weight of the
developer.
Toner
Contamination
• Toner is fallen on
the papers periodically.
• Contaminated with
toner on prints partly or over the whole
surface.
1. Toner is fallen on the paper
periodically.
(1)Check the cycle of the
falling of the toner.
(2)Check the appearance of
both ends of the developer
OPC drum.
2.The center of the printed matter is contaminated with toner.
(1)Check whether foreign substances or toner are stuck
to the terminal (contact
point) of the developer.
(2)Check whether the state of
the terminal assembly is
normal.
Solution
1. All of 1, 2, 3 above(1)The weight of the developer
ended: 800g ± 20g
(2)If it become better by shaking,
replace with a new developer
after 50-100 sheets in the closing state of the life span.
2. In case of 2If it becomes better after cleaning the LSU window, then the
developer is normal.
(Because of foreign substance
on the LSU window, the image
has not been printed partly.)
3. In case of 3If the cycle of noise is about 2
seconds, the toner inside the
developer has been nearly
exhausted.( Purchase and
replace with a new developer
after using about 200 sheets at
the point of occurrence)
4. In case of 3This is a phenomenon caused
by lack of toner, so replace with
a new developer.
1. If both ends of the OPC drum
are contaminated with toner:
Check the life of the developer.
(In case of less than 1000g, the
life may be expired.) or check
the rate of remain toner if remain
toner is below 10% the toner is
almost empty.
2. Check whether it could be
recycled.
3. If it cannot be recycled:
Replace the developer.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-27
Troubleshooting
Fault
White Black spot
Signs
Cause & Check
1. If light or dark periodical black
dots occur, this is because the
developer rollers are contaminated with foreign substance
or paper particles.
• White spots occur
(1)
37.7 mm interval : Charged
in the image periodroller
ically.
(2) 75.5 mm interval : OPC cycle
• Light or dark black
dots on the image
occur periodically.
2. If white spots occur in a black
image at intervals of 75mm, or
black spots occur elsewhere,
the OPC drum is damaged or
foreign substance is stuck to
the surface.
Recycled product
6-28
Solution
1. In case of 1 above Run OPC Cleaning Mode Print
4-5 times repeatedly to remove.
Especially check foreign substance on the OPC surface, then
remove them with a clean gauze
moistened with IPA(Isopropyl
Alcohol) not to damage OPC if
necessary.
Never use usual alcohol.
2. In case of 2
If they are not disappeared by
running OPC Cleaning Mode
Print 4-5 times.
: at intervals of 37.7 mm Replace the developer.
: at intervals of 75.5 mm Remove foreign substance.
: Broken image Replace the developer according to carelessness.
3. If a black and white or graphic
image is partially broken at
irregular intervals, the transfer
roller's life has been expired or
the transfer voltage is abnormal.
3. In case of 3 Exchange the transfer roller
because the life of the transfer
roller in use has been expired.
(Check the transfer voltage and
readjust if different.)
• Poor appearance of 1. Poor appearance of the developer.
the developer.
(1) Check the damage to label
and whether different mate• Unclean and rough
rials are used.
printouts.
(2) Check the appearance of
parts of the developer, such
• Bad background in
as frame, hopper.
the image.
1. In case of 1 (1)If there is an evidence of disassembling the developer.
(2)If materials other than normal
parts of the developer are
added or substituted.
2. Unclean and rough printouts.
(1) Check whether foreign substance or toner are stuck to
the terminal (contact point)
of the developer.
(2) Check whether the state of
the terminal assembly is
normal.
2. In case of 2 If there are any abnormals in
connection with the situation of 1.
(1) It occurs when the developer
is recycled over 2 times.
(2) If toner nearly being expired
are collected to use, it is
judged as the recycled developer.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
Fault
Ghost & Image
Contamination
Signs
Cause & Check
Solution
• The printed image
is too light or dark,
or partially contaminated black.
1. The printed image is too light
or dark, or partially contaminated black.
(1)Check whether foreign substance or toner are stuck to
the terminal(point of contact)
of the developer.
(2)Check whether the terminal
assembly is normal.
1. All of 1, 2, 3 above
(1)Remove toner and foreign substances adhered to the contact
point of the developer.
(2)The contact point of the unit
facing that of the developer
also must be cleaned.
(3)If the terminal assembly is
unsafe:
• Fully stick the terminal to or
reassemble it after disassembling.
• Disassemble the side plate and
push the terminal to be stuck,
then reassemble it.
2. Totally contaminated black.
(Black image printed out)
(1)Check whether foreign substances are stuck to the terminal(point of contact) of the
developer and the state of
assembly.
(Especially check the
charged roller terminal.)
2. In case of 2
It is a phenomenon when the
OPC drum of the developer is not
electrically charged. Clean the
terminals of the charged roller,
then recheck it.
3. The printed image is dark and
ghost occurs.
(1)Check foreign substance
attached to the terminal
(point of contact) of the
developer and the state of
assembly.
(Especially check the developing roller terminal.)
3. In case of 3
It is a phenomenon as the developing bias voltage of the developer. Clean the terminals of the
developing roller, then recheck it.
• Totally contaminated black.
(Black image printed out)
• The density of printouts is too dark and
ghost occurs.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-29
Troubleshooting
6.9 Network Problems Troubleshooting
6.9.1 General Problems
Problem
System does not function with some wrong
values entered y mistake while configuring.
Not able to access from SNMP Manager.
SyncThru is unable to automatically detect
print servers.
SyncThru is unable to automatically detect
print servers.
You cannot see any of DHCP server, BOOTP
server or RARP server,when you want to set
IP address to print server.
Print server does not print using
TCP/IP protocol.
Unable to print in NetWare environment.
The status of printer is displayed ‘unknown’ in
SyncThru.
The name of printer is displayed empty while
adding a port and the printer doesn’t function.
6-30
Solution
Possibly the parameters in PortThru are corrupted.Restart the system
and set to factory defaults on the printer front panel or on your computer
using SyncThru.
Try pinging from the same system on which SNMP manager is running.
If it does not succeed,there must be a problem with network connectivity
between the manager and PortThru.If ping succeeds,verify that community
names with sufficient permissions have been used.
Check the environment as described in Auto Detection of Print Server.
Check NetWare file server consoles for error messages regarding
nodes with conflicting network numbers.
On Network Interface in SyncThru,you should set “Static” to “IP Address
Assignment Method” in TCP/IP tab.You should set IP address,Subnet
Mask and Default Gateway to print server.
1.Check whether TCP/IP protocol is installed in your PC.
2.Check whether your PC is on the same network with print server.
Use SyncThru to see if PortThru indicates that queue is serviceable.
If not, the login permissions may have changed or the configuration
information for queues,printers and print servers may have been
changed. Verify using PCONSOLE and NWADMIN that the configuration
is correct and check the job queue to see if the print job exists. Check
that NetWare is enabled on PortThru.Check that the Check Job every is
configured on PortThru.
1.Check the protocol of your PC and install DLC/LLC or IPX/SPX protocol.
2.Assign IP Address to PortThru using the front panel.
1.Check the protocol of your PC and install DLC/LLC or IPX/SPX protocol.
2.Assign IP Address to PortThru using the front panel.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Troubleshooting
6.9.2 Macintosh Problems
Problem
The printer name is not displayed in the
Chooser.
The printer drops letters.
Solution
1.Make sure the printer is connected to network correctly.
2.Make sure the printer is configured in SyncThru using the new name.
3.After turning on the printer,wait 3 minutes,then check it again.
4.Make sure that your Macintosh is connected to the network through
Ethernet.
5.When the Macintosh and network printer are in the same network,
check above items again.Otherwise check whether the router can
support AppleTalk protocol.If the router can not support the AppleTalk
protocol,then ask the network manager to solve this problem.
1.Make sure the PS option is installed in your printer correctly.
2.Make sure the SIMM provided with PS option is installed correctly.
Check that the total memory is 12MB by printing a self-test page.
6.9.3 Windows Problems
Problem
After installing PortThru,the print server name
is not displayed under New Print Server in
SyncThru.
The print server name is displayed, but the
test page is not printed.
Firmware upgrade process is completed.
But upgrading is not executed.
Solution
1.Verify that the printer power switch is turned on and the ‘READY’ message
is displayed on the printer front panel.
2.Verify that the LAN cable is plugged into the PortThru card.
3.Verify that the second LED on the PortThru card blinks.
•If the second LED blinks regularly,turn off the printer, then turn it back
on. If the problem continues,contact your local dealer.
•If the first LED on the PortThru card does not blink, check that the
card is installed snugly. If the problem continues, contact your local
dealer.
4.Confirm whether the print server and the PC which searches for the
New Print Server is on the same LAN. If you want to search for a New
Print Server,your PC and the print server should be on the same LAN.
Select the Network menu from the front panel menus. Check that the
test page is printed. If the Network menu is not displayed,or the test
page is not printed, turn off the printer, then turn it back on.
An IP address should be assigned to upgrade the Firmware.
Make sure that IP address is entered in Print Server.
If an IP address is not entered,reassign it and try again.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
6-31
Troubleshooting
Problem
SyncThru is unable to automatically detect
printers.
The printer does not print.
Solution
1.Check LAN cable is connected to the printers.
•Check LAN cable is connected to the printers yourself.
•Make sure that there are the connected printers shown in network
neighborhood.If not, check the communication status of the printers.
•If IP address is assigned to the computers, try ping command.
2.If the protocols of NPC are disabled, DLC/LLC should be installed in
the computers.
•If SyncThru is unable to detect printers with DLC/LLC installed in the
computers, check whether NPC and PC are on the same LAN.
•If LAN is connected by routers, SyncThru is unable to detect the
printers.
3.If more than one of the protocols of NPC are enabled and DLC/LLC is
installed in the computers, check NPC and PC are on the same LAN.
•If LAN is connected by routers, SyncThru is unable to detect the
printers. In this case, one of protocols which are enabled in NPC
should be Installed in the computers.
4.In case that the protocol which is enabled in NPC is installed in the
computers:
•If TCP/IP installed, check entry values of IP address, subnet mask
and default gateway.
Try Add a Port.
6.9.4 SyncThru Installation Problems
Problem
”File Transfer Error” message appears when
you execute Installation.
‘Unable to add the Port list of Samsung ports’
message appears, when you add a port.
6-32
Solution
1.Make sure the previously installed SyncThru is uninstalled.
2.If the SyncThru is uninstalled,restart your PC.
3.If the problem continues, In Windows 95/98,delete the “sammon.dll”
file in the system directory of Windows in MS-DOS mode, restart
Windows and reinstall it. In Windows NT, stop the spooler service
with’ Services ’in Control Panel, delete the “sammon.dll” file in the
system32 directory of Windows NT, start spooler service and reinstall it.
Verify that your PC restarts after installing SyncThru.
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7
Exploded Views & Parts List
7. Exploded Views and Parts List
Contents
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
Main Exploded Views
Cover Ass'y
Middle Cover Ass'y
Front Cover Ass'y
Rear Cover Ass'y
Frame Assembly
Fuser Drive Ass'y
Main Drive Ass’y
MP Ass'y
DIGITAL LASER MFP
7-2
7-4
7-6
7-8
7-10
7-12
7-16
7-18
7-20
7.10
7.11
7.12
7.13
7.14
7.15
7.16
7.17
7-22
7-24
7-26
7-28
7-31
7-33
7-35
7-37
Scan Ass'y
Platen Ass'y
Cover Platen Ass'y
ADF Ass'y
OPE Unit
Cassette Ass'y
Fuser Ass’y
Duplex Unit(Optional)
The keynote of Product
[Key Features]
- 28 ppm Print speed/20 cpm Copy Speed
(Printing Speed: A4/28ppm,Letter/30ppm)
- 1200 dpi Print Resolution (Addressable)
- PCL6, PS3(SCX-5530FN)
- CPU: Chorusm
- Network Solution: Scan-to-Email, Scan-to-SMB,
Scan-to-FTP
- 64MB System Memory/32MB DIMM(5530FN)
- 50 ADF / MP 50 Sheet
- 250 sh Paper Input / 150 sh Paper Output
- 33.6 Kbps Fax Modem (5530FN only)
- Duplex Print (5530FN only)
- Direct USB Connectivity 2nd Version
(PDF Direct Printing) (5530FN only)
- Small Foot Print
- Toner: 4K(Initial)/ 8K(sales)
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-1
Exploded Views & Parts List
31
4-1
33
1
13
12
13-2
10
16
11
13-1
15
14
2
3
9
24
32
34
8
17
8-1
8-2
23
29
0
7
4
6
4-3
4-2
27
30
25
5
28
26
7.1 Main Exploded Views
7-2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Main Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
ELA HOU-FRAME 110V
1
SA
ELA HOU-FRAME 220V
1
SA
JC96-03761A
ELA UNIT-MAIN DRIVE
1
SNA
JC96-03837A
ELA HOU-MPF
1
SA
7.1-0
-
7.1-1
JC96-03790A
7.1-1
JC96-03789A
7.1-2
7.1-3
Description
SET
7.1-4
JC96-03762A
ELA UNIT-DUPLEX DRIVE
1
SA
7.1-4-1
JC61-01599A
BRACKET-P-GEAR DUP
1
SNA
7.1-4-2
JC31-00048A
MOTOR STEP-DUPLEX
1
SA
7.1-4-3
JC66-01159A
GEAR-DUP RDCN 45/19
1
SNA
7.1-5
JC39-00530A
CBF HARNESS-DPX MTR
1
SA
7.1-6
JC39-00538A
CBF HARNESS-ADF CLUT1
1
SA
7.1-7
JC96-03866A
ELA HOU-FUSER DRIVE
1
SA
7.1-8
JC97-02652A
MEA-TRANSFER ROLLER
1
SA
7.1-8-1
JC66-01181A
ROLLER-TRANSFER
1
SA
7.1-8-2
JC66-00395A
GEAR-TRANSFER
1
SA
7.1-9
JC63-00912A
SHIELD-P-CONTROLLER
1
SA
7.1-10
3001-001293
SPEAKER
1
SA
7.1-11
JC92-01746A
PBA SUB-MODEM
1
SA
7.1-12
JC39-00518A
CBF HARNESS-ENGINE
1
SA
7.1-13
JC96-03970A
ELA HOU-MAIN RAM DIMM
1
SA
7.1-13-1
JC92-01743A
PBA MAIN-CONTROLLER
1
SA
7.1-13-2
JC92-01836A
PBA SUB-SDRAM
1
SA
7.1-14
JC96-03773A
ELA HOU-ADF
1
SA
7.1-15
JC97-02391A
MEA-COVER
1
SNA
7.1-16
JC96-03795A
ELA UNIT-DEVE INITIAL
1
SNA
7.1-17
JC97-02413A
MEA UNIT-CASSETTE
1
SA
7.1-23
JC59-00027A
UNIT-LSU
1
SA
7.1-24
JC31-00025A
FAN-DC
1
SA
7.1-25
JC31-00025B
FAN-DC
1
SA
7.1-26
JC97-02393A
MEA UNIT-DUPLEX
1
SA
7.1-27
JC63-00913A
SHIELD-P-SMPS
1
SNA
7.1-28
JC39-00523A
CBF HARNESS-AC INLET
1
SA
7.1-29
JC39-00524A
CBF HARNESS-LSU S/W
1
SA
7.1-30
JC63-00960A
SHEET-INSULATOR_SMPS
1
SNA
7.1-31
JC44-00097A
SMPS-PSP_TYPE3_V1
1
SA
7.1-31
JC44-00090A
SMPS-PSP_TYPE3_V2C
1
SA
7.1-32
JC39-00528A
CBF HARNESS-PAPER EMP
1
SA
7.1-33
-
CBF-POWER CORD
1
SA
Replacement
-
BOX(P)-MAIN
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-3
Exploded Views & Parts List
8
1
7-4
7
5-2
5-1
0
2
5
2-1
2-3
2-2
3
6
4
7.2 Cover Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Cover Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.2-0
JC97-02391A
MEA-COVER
Description
1
SNA
7.2-1
JC97-02420A
MEA-COVER FRONT
1
SA
7.2-2
JC97-02419A
MEA-COVER MID FRONT
1
SA
7.2-2-1
JC63-00935A
COVER-M_MID FRONT
1
SNA
7.2-2-2
JC67-00068C
CAP-M_SUB ACTUATOR
1
SNA
7.2-2-3
JC72-01339A
PMO-M-SUB ACTUATOR
1
SNA
7.2-3
JC96-03793A
ELA HOU-COVER MID
1
SA
7.2-4
JC63-00928A
COVER-M_SIDE R
1
SA
7.2-5
JC97-02417A
MEA-COVER SIDE L
1
SA
7.2-5-1
JC63-00929A
COVER-M_SIDE L
1
SNA
7.2-5-2
JC63-00930A
COVER-M_DIMM
1
SNA
7.2-6
JC97-02418A
MEA-COVER REAR
1
SA
7.2-7
JC63-00934A
COVER-M_LEFT UPPER
1
SA
7.2-8
JC63-00933A
COVER-M_RIGHT UPPER
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-5
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.3 Middle Cover Ass'y
0
5
4
3
6
6
1
2
7-6
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Middle Cover Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.3-0
JC96-03793A
ELA HOU-COVER MID
Description
1
SA
7.3-1
JC63-00927A
COVER-M_MIDDLE
1
SA
7.3-2
JC63-00944A
COVER-M_STACKER RX
1
SA
7.3-3
JC92-01636A
PBA SUB-USB HOST
1
SA
7.3-4
JC39-00397A
CBF HARNESS-USB HOST
1
SA
7.3-5
JC63-00938A
COVER-M_REAR UPPER
1
SA
7.3-6
JC72-01001A
PMO-SUB STACKER
2
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-7
Exploded Views & Parts List
10
8
6
11
7
6
9
5
0
3
2
4
1
7.4 Front Cover Ass'y
7-8
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Front Cover Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.4-0
JC97-02420A
MEA-COVER FRONT
Description
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.4-1
JC63-00932A
7.4-2
JC61-00953D
COVER-M_FRONT
1
SNA
HOLDER-M_LOCKER
1
SA
7.4-3
7.4-4
JG61-70549A
SPRING ETC-CIS(C2)
1
SA
JC64-00154C
KNOB-M_LOCKER
1
SA
7.4-5
JC63-00447E
TRAY-M-ASF_FOLDER
1
SA
7.4-6
JC63-00444A
TRAY-M-LINK_MP
2
SA
7.4-7
JC63-00945A
TRAY-M-ASF_INPUT
1
SNA
7.4-8
JG66-40003A
GEAR-PINION
1
SA
7.4-9
JC70-00479D
ADJUST-M_MP R
1
SNA
7.4-10
JC70-00478D
ADJUST-M_MP L
1
SNA
7.4-11
JC63-00446E
TRAY-M-ASF_INPUT UPPER
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-9
Exploded Views & Parts List
2
1
0
8
9
8
8
9
9
5
8
7
9
6
3
4
7.5 Rear Cover Ass'y
7-10
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Rear Cover Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.5-0
JC97-02418A
MEA-COVER REAR
Description
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.5-1
JC63-00931A
COVER-M_REAR
1
SNA
7.5-2
JC61-00961A
MAGNET-CATCH DELL
1
SNA
7.5-3
JC63-00936A
COVER-M_FACE UP
1
SNA
7.5-4
JC61-00962A
PLATE-MAGNET CATCH
1
SNA
7.5-5
JC63-00937A
COVER-M STACKER REAR
1
SNA
7.5-6
JC61-01653A
STOPPER-M-STRAP
1
SNA
7.5-7
JC61-01583A
GUIDE-OUTPUT FUSER
1
SNA
7.5-8
JC61-00785A
HOLDER-M-IDLE ROLLER
4
SNA
7.5-9
JC72-40981A
PMO-ROLLER UPPER DP
4
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-11
7-12
12
13
9-5
9-4
9-6
9
5
5
8-5
5
3-11
8-2
8
3-10
?
8-3
10-1
8-4
3-12
15
10-2
3-8
4
10-3
3-13
10
9-3
9-2
9-1
54
55
3-9-3
11
8-1
23
3-9-1
24
52-1
3-9-2
3-9-1
3-4
20
19
18
21
57
58
3-9
3-7
3-3
6
17
22
52
53
3-2
25
56
6-2
3-6
3-1
6-1
6-3
6-4
27
3-5
26
7-2
7-3
7-1
3
7
59
60
Transfer Roller
17
16
30
31
67
28
32
29
27
62
47
36
35
45
36-1
48
33
1
46
44
43
36-3
36-4
36-2
32
2
41
51
61
68
42
74
40
62
39
34
0
50
49
72
73
69
70
71
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.6 Frame Assembly
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Frame Assembly Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.6-0
JC96-03790A
ELA HOU-FRAME 110V
Description
1
SA
7.6-0
JC96-03789A
ELA HOU-FRAME 220V
1
SA
7.6-1
JC61-01620A
FRAME-M_BASE
1
SNA
7.6-2
JC61-01621A
FRAME-M_EXIT
1
SNA
7.6-3
JC96-03829A
ELA HOU-GUIDE DUP F
1
SA
7.6-3-1
JC61-01600A
GUIDE-M_FRONT DUPLEX
1
SNA
7.6-3-2
JC66-01187A
LEVER-ACTUATOR EMPTY
1
SA
7.6-3-3
0604-001154
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
1
SA
7.6-3-4
JC63-01095A
SHEET-GUIDE DUP_OUT
1
SNA
7.6-3-5
JC63-00992A
SHEET-GUIDE FRONT DU
1
SNA
7.6-3-6
JC66-01170A
CAM-SHAFT PICK UP
2
SNA
7.6-3-7
JC72-00382B
PMO-BUSHING FEED
2
SA
7.6-3-8
JC61-01367A
FIXER-M_E RING 4PI
1
SNA
7.6-3-9
JC97-02441A
MEA-ROLLER PICK UP
1
SA
7.6-3-9-1
JC66-01169A
ROLLER-IDLE PICK UP
2
SA
7.6-3-9-2
JC61-01601A
HOUSING-M_PICK UP
1
SA
7.6-3-9-3
JC66-01168A
ROLLER-PICK UP
1
SA
7.6-3-10
JC66-01171A
SHAFT-PICK UP
1
SNA
7.6-3-11
JC72-41364A
PMO-BUSHING_P/U,MP
1
SA
7.6-3-12
JC66-00050A
CAM-CATCH
1
SA
7.6-3-13
JC66-01173A
ROLLER-FEED
1
SA
7.6-4
JC66-00527A
SHAFT-FEED IDLE
1
SA
7.6-5
JC61-00585A
BUSH-M-FEED IDLE
3
SA
7.6-6
FEED1 ASS'Y
1
SNA
JC61-01619A
HOLDER-M_ACT REGI
1
SA
7.6-6-2
6107-001164
SPRING-TS
2
SA
7.6-6-3
JC66-01189A
LEVER-M_ACTUATOR FEED
1
SA
7.6-6-4
JC66-01191A
LEVER-M_ACTUATOR REGI
1
SA
FEED2 ASS'Y
1
SNA
7.6-6-1
7.6-7
Not ssign
Not ssign
7.6-7-1
JC61-01618A
HOLDER-M_ACT FEED
1
SA
7.6-7-2
JC66-01190A
LEVER-M_ACT DUP OUT
1
SA
7.6-7-3
6107-001164
SPRING-TS
1
SA
7.6-8
JC97-01788A
MEA UNIT-CLUTCH
1
SA
7.6-8-1
JC66-00398A
SHAFT-FEED
1
SA
7.6-8-2
JC72-00981A
PMO-HUB CLUTCH
1
SNA
7.6-8-3
6107-001171
SPRING-TS
1
SA
7.6-8-3
6107-001156
SPRING-TS
1
SA
7.6-8-4
JC72-00978A
PMO-COLLAR_SPRING
1
SA
7.6-8-5
JC66-00393A
GEAR-FEED 1
1
SA
7.6-9
JC97-02394A
MEA UNIT-BRACKET FEED
1
SNA
7.6-9-1
JC61-01582A
BRACKET-P-FEED
1
SNA
7.6-9-2
JC66-01166A
GEAR-IDLE Z29 HELICAL
1
SNA
7.6-9-3
6044-000231
RING-E
1
SA
7.6-9-4
JC66-01164A
GEAR-RETARD 39/19
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-13
Exploded Views & Parts List
Frame Assembly Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
7-14
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.6-9-5
6044-000125
QT'y
Service
RING-E
Description
2
SA
7.6-9-6
JC66-00484A
GEAR-T2 IDEL_Z27
1
SA
7.6-10
JC97-02648A
MEA UNIT-GEAR PICK UP
1
SA
7.6-10-1
JC66-01183A
GEAR-PICK UP_INNER
1
SNA
7.6-10-2
JC66-01184A
GEAR-PICK UP_OUTER
1
SA
7.6-10-3
6107-001167
SPRING-CS
1
SNA
7.6-11
JC66-01160A
SHAFT-M_FEED2
1
SNA
7.6-12
JC66-01165A
GEAR-FEED2 Z27
1
SNA
7.6-13
6107-001237
SPRING-ES
1
SNA
7.6-15
JC66-00526A
ROLLER-FEED ROLLER 1
1
SA
7.6-16
JC63-00918A
GROUND-P-EARTH TR
1
SNA
7.6-17
JC72-00983A
PMO-LOCKER CST
2
SA
7.6-18
6107-001170
SPRING-TS
1
SA
7.6-19
JC66-00377A
CAM-M-PICK_UP
1
SA
7.6-20
6044-000001
RING-CS
1
SNA
7.6-21
JC33-00010A
SOLENOID-HB (MANUAL)
1
SA
7.6-22
JC33-00014A
SOLENOID-FEED ROCKY2
1
SA
7.6-23
JC63-00917A
GROUND-P-DRIVE
1
SNA
7.6-24
JC63-00923A
GROUND-P-PUSH BUSHING
1
SNA
7.6-25
JC63-00922A
GROUND-P-DRIVE2
1
SNA
7.6-26
6502-001093
CABLE CLAMP
1
SNA
7.6-27
JC61-70932A
SPRING ETC-GUIDE DEVE
1
SA
7.6-28
JC72-00984A
PMO-PLATE GUIDE DEVE_L
1
SA
7.6-29
JC72-00985A
PMO-PLATE GUIDE DEVE_R
1
SA
7.6-30
JC63-00926A
GROUND-P-SHIELD
1
SNA
7.6-31
JC65-00019A
TERMINAL-P_CRUM
4
SA
7.6-32
JC61-00829A
HOLDER-BEARING EXIT F/DOWN
2
SA
7.6-33
JC97-01034A
MEA RACK-EXIT ROLLER
1
SA
7.6-34
JC66-01196A
ROLLER-EXIT F/DOWN
1
SNA
7.6-35
JC92-01829A
PBA SUB-TERMINAL
1
SA
7.6-36
JC97-01034A
MEA RACK-EXIT ROLLER
4
SA
7.6-36-1
JC72-41007A
PMO-ROLLER FD F
1
SNA
7.6-36-2
JC72-41008A
PMO-ROLLER FD R
1
SNA
7.6-36-3
JC72-41006A
PMO-HOLDER EXIT ROLL
1
SNA
7.6-36-4
JC61-70911A
SPRING ETC-EXIT ROLL FD
1
SNA
7.6-39
JC63-00920A
GROUND-P-FUSER
1
SNA
7.6-40
JC63-00925A
GROUND-P-MOTOR FUSER
1
SNA
7.6-41
JC63-00924A
GROUND-P-SHIELD SMPS
1
SNA
7.6-42
JC63-00921A
GROUND-P-GUIDE TR
1
SNA
7.6-43
JC75-00049A
MEC-TERMINAL
4
SA
7.6-43-1
JC61-00035A
SPRING ETC-HV APOLLO
1
SNA
7.6-43-2
JC70-00050A
IPR-TERMINAL
1
SNA
7.6-44
JC65-00014A
TERMINAL-P-HV CR
1
SNA
7.6-45
JC70-00312A
IPR-P-TERMINAL CON
4
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Frame Assembly Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.6-46
JC61-01584A
HOUSING-M_TERMINAL
Description
1
SNA
7.6-47
JC92-01828A
PBA SUB-CONNECTION
1
SA
7.6-48
JC72-00974A
PMO-ACTUATOR CVR OPEN
1
SA
7.6-49
JC61-01746A
GUIDE-TR RIB
1
SNA
7.6-50
JC61-00604B
PLATE-E_SAW
1
SA
7.6-51
JC61-00607A
GUIDE-P-TR
1
SA
7.6-52
JC61-00585A
BUSH-M-FEED IDLE
2
SNA
7.6-52-1
JC66-00527A
SHAFT-FEED IDLE
1
SNA
7.6-53
JC61-70958A
SPRING ETC-TR
2
SNA
7.6-54
JC61-00914A
PLATE-P-PUSH BUSHING
2
SA
7.6-53
JC61-70958A
SPRING ETC-TR
1
SA
7.6-54
JC61-00914A
PLATE-P-PUSH BUSHING
1
SNA
7.6-55
JC61-00907A
HOLDER-M-PTL R2
1
SA
7.6-56
JC70-00307A
IPR-P-EARTH TRANSFER
1
SA
7.6-57
JC61-00047A
SPRING ETC-TR L HAWK
1
SA
7.6-58
JC61-00588A
BUSH-M-TR L
1
SA
7.6-59
JC72-00102A
PMO-BUSHING_TR(L)
1
SA
7.6-60
JC63-00918A
GROUND-P-EARTH TR
1
SNA
7.6-61
JC96-03790A
ELA HOU-FRAME 110V
1
SA
7.6-61
JC96-03789A
ELA HOU-FRAME 220V
1
SA
7.6-62
JC61-00835A
FOOT-BACK
2
SA
7.6-67
JC61-01618A
HOLDER-M_ACT FEED
1
SNA
7.6-68
JC31-00025A
FAN-DC
1
SA
7.6-69
JC63-00914A
SHIELD-P-HVPS
1
SNA
7.6-70
JC63-00961A
SHEET-INSULATOR_HVPS
1
SNA
7.6-71
JC44-00107A
HVPS-ELBERT
1
SA
7.6-72
JC39-00526A
CBF HARNESS-DUPLEX
1
SA
7.6-73
JC39-00519A
CBF HARNESS-SMPS
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-15
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.7 Fuser Drive Ass'y
0
4
4
3
7
6
5
1
2
9
8
7-16
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Fuser Drive Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.3-0
JC96-03793A
Description
ELA HOU-COVER MID
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.7-0
JC96-03866A
ELA HOU-FUSER DRIVE
1
SNA
7.7-1
JC61-01598A
BRACKET-P-FUSER EXIT
1
SNA
7.7-2
JC31-00037E
MOTOR STEP-MAIN
1
SA
7.7-3
JC66-01158A
GEAR-EXIT RDCN 87/24
1
SNA
7.7-4
6044-000231
RING-E
2
SA
7.7-5
JC66-01163A
GEAR-FUSER RDCN IN 95
1
SNA
7.7-6
JC66-00340A
GEAR-HUB CLUTCH
1
SA
7.7-7
JC66-00417A
GEAR-RDCN FUSER OUT
1
SA
7.7-8
JC66-01210A
GEAR-FUSER IDLE FR
1
SA
7.7-9
6044-000125
RING-E
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-17
Exploded Views & Parts List
6
1
7
8
6
7
5
2
0
3
4
7.8 Main Drive Ass'y
7-18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Main Drive Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.8-0
JC96-03761A
ELA UNIT-MAIN DRIVE
Description
1
SA
7.8-1
JC61-01593A
BRACKET-P-GEAR MAIN
1
SNA
7.8-2
JC66-01156A
GEAR-OPC RDCN 93/61
1
SNA
7.8-3
JC61-01597A
BRACKET-P-MOTOR MAIN
1
SNA
7.8-4
JC31-00047A
MOTOR DC-BLDC MAIN
1
SA
7.8-5
JC66-01157A
GEAR-OPC DRV 113/33
1
SNA
7.8-6
JC66-01162A
GEAR-FEED RDCN 55/18
2
SNA
7.8-7
6031-000023
WASHER-PLAIN
2
SNA
7.8-8
6302-001056
GASKET
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-19
7-20
18
25
20
19
21
22
23
24
17-3
17-2
17-1
0
24
26
17
27
16
15
14
10
9
12
13
5
11
4
8
6
7
2-2
3
2-3
2-1
2-4
2-6
1
2
2-5
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.9 MP Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
MP Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
7.9-0
SEC_Code
JC96-03837A
Description
ELA HOU-MPF
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.9-1
JC61-01603A
FRAME-M_MP
1
SNA
7.9-2
JC97-02443A
MEA-IDLE FEED
1
SNA
7.9-2-1
JC61-01604A
HOLDER-M_IDLE FEED
1
SNA
7.9-2-2
JC61-00484A
SPRING ETC-EXIT LOWER IDLE
1
SA
7.9-2-3
JC61-01605A
HOLDER-M_SHAFT IDLE
1
SNA
7.9-2-4
JC66-01186A
ROLLER-IDLE FEED
1
SNA
7.9-2-5
JC66-01172A
SHAFT-IDLE FEED
1
SNA
7.9-2-6
JC63-00997A
COVER-M_IDLE FEED
1
SNA
7.9-3
JC63-01094A
SHEET-GUIDE MP
1
SA
7.9-4
JC66-00396A
GEAR-IDLE 23
1
SA
7.9-5
JC33-00015A
SOLENOID-MP
1
SA
7.9-6
JC61-00924A
HOLDER-M-PAD_MP
1
SA
7.9-7
JC73-00140A
RPR-FRICTION PAD
1
SA
7.9-8
JC61-70911A
SPRING ETC-EXIT ROLL FD
1
SA
7.9-9
JC61-00927A
PLATE-P-KNOCK UP_MP
1
SNA
7.9-10
JC72-00761A
PMO-ROLLER CAM.MP
1
SA
7.9-11
JC73-00141A
RPR-PAD CASSETTE
1
SA
7.9-12
6107-001237
SPRING-ES
2
SA
7.9-13
JC61-00926A
HOLDER-M-SENSOR_MP
1
SA
7.9-14
0604-001095
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
1
SA
7.9-15
JC72-01338A
PMO-M-ACT EMPTY MP
1
SA
7.9-16
JC39-00365A
CBF HARNESS-MPF SEN
1
SA
7.9-17
JC97-02034A
MEA-PICK UP_MP
1
SA
7.9-17-1
JC61-00925A
HOUSING-M_PICK UP_MP
1
SA
7.9-17-2
JC73-00194A
RUBBER-PICK UP MP
1
SA
7.9-17-3
JC61-00910A
HOUSING-M-PICK UP2_R2
1
SA
7.9-18
JC66-00710A
GEAR-M-PICK UP_MP
1
SA
7.9-19
JC61-00484A
SPRING ETC-EXIT LOWER IDLE
1
SA
7.9-20
JC66-00709A
GEAR-M-HOLDER_MP
1
SA
7.9-21
JC66-01205A
CAM-M_PICK UP MP
1
SA
7.9-22
JC66-00399A
SHAFT-P-PICK_UP
1
SA
7.9-23
JC61-00915A
STOPPER-M-PICK UP_R2
2
SA
7.9-24
JC72-00982A
PMO-IDLE PICK_UP
2
SA
7.9-25
JC66-00720A
SHAFT-P-CORE
2
SA
7.9-26
JC61-00587A
BUSH-M-PICK_UP R
1
SA
7.9-27
JC61-00932A
BRACKET-P-PICKUP_MP
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-21
Exploded Views & Parts List
3
5
0
6
7
7
4
1
2
7.10 Scan Ass'y
7-22
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Scan Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.10-0
JC96-03777K
ELA HOU-SCAN 4IN1
Description
1
SA
7.10-1
JC96-03784A
ELA HOU-ADF LOWER
1
SA
7.10-2
JC96-03773A
ELA HOU-ADF
1
SA
7.10-3
JC96-03787K
ELA HOU-OPE 4IN1
1
SA
7.10-4
4302-001183
BATTERY-NIH(2ND)
1
SA
7.10-5
JC39-00513A
CBF HARNESS-OPE
1
SNA
7.10-6
3301-001635
CORE-FERRITE
1
SNA
7.10-7
6502-000121
CABLE CLAMP
2
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-23
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.11 Platen Ass'y
1-1-2
1-1-4
1-1-3
1-1-1
1-1
1-1-4
0
1-1-6
1-1-5
1
1-2
1-5
1-5
2
1-3
1-4
2-2-5
2-2-6
2-2-4
2-2-3
2-2-2
2-2
2-3
2-19
2-2-1
2-2-7
2-4
2-5
2-16-1
2-16-2
2-10
2-9
2-8
2-12
2-15
2-11
2-13
2-13
2-7
2-6
2-14
2-21
2-1
2-18
7-24
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Platen Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.11-0
JC96-04067A
QT'y
Service
ELA HOU-PLATEN
Description
1
SA
7.11-1
JC97-02412A
MEA-SCAN UPPER
1
SA
7.11-1-1
JC97-02429A
MEA UNIT-SCAN DUMMY
1
SA
7.11-1-1-1
JC63-00152F
COVER-M_SCAN DUMMY
1
SA
7.11-1-1-2
JC74-00021A
MCT-GLASS ADF
1
SA
7.11-1-1-3
0203-001744
TAPE-DOUBLE FACE
1
SNA
7.11-1-1-4
JC02-00013A
TAPE ETC-DOUBLE TAPE SMALL
2
SNA
7.11-1-1-5
JB68-00644A
LABEL(P)-SHADING
1
SNA
7.11-1-1-6
0203-001266
TAPE-DOUBLE FACE
1
SNA
7.11-1-2
JC63-00990A
COVER-M_SCAN UPPER
1
SNA
7.11-1-3
JC01-00001A
GLASS-SCAN
1
SA
7.11-1-4
0203-001267
TAPE-DOUBLE FACE
1
SNA
7.11-1-5
JB70-00148A
IPR-HOLDER GLASS
2
SA
7.11-2
JC96-04068A
ELA HOU-SCAN LOWER
1
SNA
7.11-2-1
JC63-00989A
COVER-M_SCAN LOWER
1
SNA
7.11-2-2
JC96-03069A
ELA HOU-SCAN MOTOR
1
SA
7.11-2-2-1
JC61-00895A
BRACKET-SCAN MOTOR R2
1
SA
7.11-2-2-2
JC66-00531A
GEAR-TIMING
1
SA
7.11-2-2-3
JB72-00764A
PMO-HOLDER BELT
1
SA
7.11-2-2-4
6044-000125
RING-E
1
SA
7.11-2-2-5
JB66-00083A
GEAR-IDLE
1
SA
7.11-2-2-6
JC66-00530A
GEAR-REDUCTION73/37
1
SA
7.11-2-2-7
JB31-00011A
MOTOR STEP-SCAN
1
SA
7.11-2-3
JC96-03819A
ELA HOU-CCDM_2905
1
SA
7.11-2-4
JB70-00145A
ICT-SHAFT CCD
1
SNA
7.11-2-5
JC39-00514A
CBF SIGNAL-CCD FFC
1
SA
7.11-2-6
JB72-00763A
PMO-PULLEY
1
SA
7.11-2-7
6602-001067
BELT-TIMING GEAR
1
SA
7.11-2-9
6044-000125
RING-E
1
SA
7.11-2-10
JB61-00059A
SPRING ETC-BELT
1
SA
7.11-2-11
6107-001135
SPRING-CS
1
SA
7.11-2-12
JC72-00755A
PMO-LEVER SENSOR
1
SA
7.11-2-13
0604-001095
PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
1
SA
7.11-2-14
JC39-00535A
CBF HARNESS-PLA_COVER
1
SA
7.11-2-15
JC39-00537A
CBF HARNESS-ADF LOWER
1
SA
7.11-2-16-1
3301-001413
CORE-FERRITE
1
SNA
7.11-2-16-2
JB68-00705A
LABEL(R)-DOUBLE CORE
1
SNA
7.11-2-17
JC39-00513A
CBF HARNESS-OPE
1
SA
7.11-2-18
JC61-00894B
HOLDER-M_CCD
1
SA
7.11-2-19
JC39-00536A
CBF HARNESS-ADF UPPER
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-25
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.12 Cover Platen Ass'y
0
1-2
1
1-1
1-3
1-4
1-5
6
8
7
5
7
9
5
4
4
2
3
7-26
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
Cover Platen Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.12-0
JC97-02416A
QT'y
Service
MEA-COVER PLATEN
Description
1
SA
7.12-1
JC97-02406A
MEA-TX STACKER
1
SA
7.12-1-1
JC63-00988A
COVER-M_STACKER TX
1
SNA
7.12-1-2
JC61-01609A
GUIDE-M_DOCU L
1
SNA
7.12-1-3
JC61-01610A
GUIDE-M_DOCU R
1
SNA
7.12-1-4
JF70-10616A
IPR-WASHER SPRING CU
2
SA
7.12-1-5
JG66-40003A
GEAR-PINION
1
SA
7.12-2
JC63-00984A
COVER-M_PLATEN
1
SNA
7.12-3
JC63-00209A
SHEET-WHITE SPONGE
1
SNA
7.12-4
JC97-01707A
MEA UNIT-HINGE
2
SA
7.12-5
JC61-00011A
SPRING ETC-FEED
6
SA
7.12-6
JF70-40521B
ICT-SHAFT PINCH
1
SA
7.12-7
JG72-40663A
PMO-ROLL PINCH
2
SA
7.12-8
JC66-00909A
SHAFT-IDLE FEED
2
SA
7.12-9
JC66-00728A
ROLLER-ADF FEED
2
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-27
5-2
4
5-3
7-28
4-17
4-15
3-1
4-7
4-5
5-2
3-2
4-8A
4-8
3-2-5
4-13
4-6
4-18
1
3-2-3
4-1
3-2-1
3-2-4
4-16B
4-16A
3-3
3-2-2
5
4-12
4-11
4-4
4-2
4-15
4-14
4-10
4-8B
4-9
4-3
5-1
0
1-1
1-18
1-20
7
1-17
3
1-7
1-15
1-16
1-19
1-11
6
1-14
1-7
1-4
1-6
1-5
1-12
1-13
1-21
1-7
1-2
1-3
1-8
2-3
2-13
1-7
2-2
2-1
1-9
1-10
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-4
2-5
2
2-9
2-13
2-12
2-24
2-19
2-7
2-18
2-17
2-15
2-14
2-25
2-11
2-10
2-5
2-4
2-8
2-20
2-21
2-24
2-19
2-17
2-5
2-15
2-7
2-22
2-20
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.13 ADF Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
ADF Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.13-0
JC96-03773A
QT'y
Service
ELA HOU-ADF
Description
1
SA
7.13-1
JC96-03784A
ELA HOU-ADF LOWER
1
SA
7.13-1-1
JC63-00982A
COVER-M_ADF LOWER
1
SNA
7.13-1-2
JC61-00712A
GUIDE-STACKER SUB
2
SA
7.13-1-3
JC75-00095A
MEC-BRUSH ANTISTATIC
1
SA
7.13-1-4
JC61-00548A
SPRING ETC-WHITE BAR
2
SA
7.13-1-5
JC61-01695A
BRACKET-P_WHITE_BAR
1
SA
7.13-1-6
JC72-00752A
PPR-WHITE BAR SHEET
1
SA
7.13-1-7
JB72-00819A
PMO-BUSH
2
SA
7.13-1-8
JC66-00559A
ROLLER-EXIT
1
SA
7.13-1-9
JC66-00310A
GEAR-AGITATOR-2
1
SNA
7.13-1-10
6044-000159
RING-C
1
SA
7.13-1-11
JC66-00560A
ROLLER-DRIVE
1
SA
7.13-1-12
JC66-00460A
SHAFT-M-FEED GEAR 38
1
SA
7.13-1-13
JC92-01755A
PBA SUB-ADF
1
SA
7.13-1-14
JC72-01011A
PMO-ACTUATOR SCAN SENSOR
1
SA
7.13-1-15
JB61-00076A
SPRING ETC-TORSION DOC (CC2-F)
3
SA
7.13-1-16
JC72-01010A
PMO-ACTUATOR REGI SENSOR
1
SA
7.13-1-17
JC72-01320A
PMO-ACT EMPTY ADF
1
SA
7.13-1-18
JC70-10467A
IPR-GROUND_ROLLER
1
SNA
7.13-1-19
JC63-00372A
GROUND-P-ADF R2
1
SA
7.13-1-20
JC39-00534A
CBF HARNESS-ADF R GND
1
SA
7.13-1-21
JC39-00538A
CBF HARNESS-ADF CLUT1
1
SA
7.13-2
JC96-03783A
ELA HOU-ADF MOTOR
1
SA
7.13-2-1
JC61-01589A
BRACKET-P-GEAR H
1
SNA
7.13-2-2
JC31-00036A
MOTOR STEP-ADF
1
SNA
7.13-2-3
JC39-00617A
CBF HARNESS-ADF GND
1
SNA
7.13-2-4
JC66-00458A
GEAR-IDLE 35 ADF
2
SNA
7.13-2-5
6044-000125
RING-E
5
SNA
7.13-2-6
JC66-01174A
GEAR-40/21
1
SNA
7.13-2-7
6044-000231
RING-E
1
SNA
7.13-2-8
JC66-01175A
GEAR-24
1
SNA
7.13-2-9
JC66-00456A
GEAR-40/21 ADF
1
SNA
7.13-2-10
JC66-01177A
LINK-M_SWING
1
SNA
7.13-2-11
JC66-00457A
GEAR-SWING 31/20 ADF
1
SNA
7.13-2-12
JC66-00455A
GEAR-58/25 ADF
1
SNA
7.13-2-13
6044-000231
RING-E
1
SNA
7.13-2-14
JB70-00070A
IPR-WASHER WAVE
1
SNA
7.13-2-15
JC66-00457A
GEAR-SWING 31/20 ADF
1
SNA
7.13-2-17
6031-000023
WASHER-PLAIN
1
SNA
7.13-2-18
JC66-00662A
SHAFT-REGI
2
SNA
7.13-2-19
JC66-00556A
IMPELLER-ADF
1
SNA
7.13-2-20
JC61-00423A
BUSH-6_D
2
SNA
7.13-3
JC97-02410A
MEA-ADF UPPER
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-29
Exploded Views & Parts List
ADF Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
7-30
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.13-3-1
JC63-00985A
COVER-M_ADF UPPER
Description
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.13-3-2
JC97-01940B
MEA UNIT-HOLDER ADF
1
SA
7.13-3-2-1
JC61-00893B
HOLDER-M_PAD ADF
1
SA
7.13-3-2-3
JC63-00373A
SHEET-ADF HOLDER
1
SNA
7.13-3-2-4
JB73-00052A
RMO-ADF RUBBER
1
SA
7.13-3-2-5
JC66-00738A
DAMPER-PAD ADF_R2
2
SNA
7.13-3-3
JC66-00461A
ROLLER-M-ADF IDLE
1
SA
7.13-4
JC97-01962C
MEA UNIT-PICKUP
1
SA
7.13-4-1
JC72-00734A
PMO-COVER ADF
1
SA
7.13-4-2
JB66-00103A
GEAR-ADF 38
1
SA
7.13-4-3
JC61-00963B
STOPPER-M_PICKUP ADF
1
SA
7.13-4-4
JC66-00561A
SHAFT-ADF PICKUP
1
SA
7.13-4-5
JB70-00168A
ICT-PIN ADF
2
SA
7.13-4-6
6031-000023
WASHER-PLAIN
1
SA
7.13-4-7
JC72-00734A
PMO-COVER ADF
1
SA
7.13-4-8
JB75-00300A
MEC-PICK UP ROLLER ASSY
1
SA
7.13-4-8A
JB72-00823A
PMO-SLEEVE PICK UP
1
SA
7.13-4-8B
JB73-00055A
RMO-PICKUP ROLLER
1
SNA
7.13-4-9
JB72-00821A
PMO-ADF COLAR
1
SA
7.13-4-10
JB61-70904A
SPRING ETC-CLUTCH
1
SA
7.13-4-11
JB72-00817A
PMO-ADF CLUTCH
1
SA
7.13-4-12
JB66-00104A
GEAR-ADF IDLE 34
1
SA
7.13-4-13
JC72-00744A
PMO-SHAFT PICK UP
1
SA
7.13-4-14
JB66-00105A
GEAR-PICK UP 26
1
SA
7.13-4-15
JB72-00845A
PMO-PICK UP CLUTCH SUB
2
SA
7.13-4-16
JB75-00299A
MEC-ADF ROLLER ASSY
1
SA
7.13-4-16A
JB73-00054A
RMO-ADF ROLLER
1
SNA
7.13-4-16B
JB72-00822A
PMO-SLEEVE ADF
1
SA
7.13-4-17
6044-000159
RING-C
1
SA
7.13-5
JC97-02411A
MEA-COVER OPEN
1
SA
7.13-5-1
JC63-00983A
COVER-M_ADF OPEN
1
SNA
7.13-5-2
JB72-00843A
PMO-GUIDE PAPER
2
SA
7.13-5-3
JC66-00738A
DAMPER-PAD ADF_R2
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.14 OPE Unit
0
3
4
1
11
16
2
14
13
12
15
23
10
9
7
17
5
8
19
6
18
20
21
22
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-31
Exploded Views & Parts List
OPE Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
7-32
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.14-0
JC96-03787K
ELA HOU-OPE 4IN1
Description
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.14-1
JC63-00991K
COVER-M_NEVI
1
SNA
7.14-2
JC63-00986K
COVER-M_OPE 4IN1 MONO
1
SNA
7.14-3
JC63-00999A
SHEET-ONETOUCH
1
SNA
7.14-4
JC68-01639A
LABEL-ONETOUCH
1
SNA
7.14-5
JC64-00242A
KEY-M_STOP CLEAR
1
SNA
7.14-6
JC64-00243A
KEY-M_START BLACK
1
SNA
7.14-7
JC64-00239A
KEY-M_TEL
1
SNA
7.14-8
JC64-00249A
KEY-M_ON HOOK
1
SNA
7.14-9
JC64-00244A
KEY-M_BLACK
2
SNA
7.14-10
JC64-00240A
KEY-M_COPY
1
SNA
7.14-11
JC64-00241A
KEY-M_FAX
1
SNA
7.14-12
JC64-00247A
KEY-M_MODE SCAN
1
SNA
7.14-13
JC64-00245A
KEY-M_MODE COPY
1
SNA
7.14-14
JC64-00246A
KEY-M_MODE FAX
1
SNA
7.14-15
JC64-00248A
KEY-M_MENU
1
SNA
7.14-16
JC64-00250A
KEY-M_ONETOUCH
1
SNA
7.14-17
JC73-00231A
RUBBER-ONETOUCH
1
SNA
7.14-18
JC73-00230A
RUBBER-MENU
1
SNA
7.14-19
JC73-00233A
RUBBER-MODE
1
SNA
7.14-20
JC73-00232A
RUBBER-TEL_COPY
1
SNA
7.14-21
JC63-00993A
COVER-M_LCD
1
SA
7.14-22
JC92-01747A
PBA SUB-OPE
1
SA
7.14-23
JC67-00148A
LENS LED-M_STATUS
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
13
5
15
4
4-2
4-4
14
0
4-1
4-3
9
16
7
8
7
3
6
1
11
12
10
2
7.15 Cassette Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-33
Exploded Views & Parts List
Cassette Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
7-34
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.15-0
JC97-02413A
MEA UNIT-CASSETTE
Description
1
SA
7.15-1
JC70-00300A
ADJUST-M-CASSETTE_L
1
SA
7.15-2
JC70-00301A
ADJUST-M-CASSETTE_R
1
SA
7.15-3
JG66-40003A
GEAR-PINION
1
SA
7.15-4
JC97-01931A
MEA UNIT-HOLDER PAD
1
SA
7.15-4-1
JC61-00580A
HOLDER-M-PAD
1
SA
7.15-4-2
JC63-00407A
SHEET-HOLDER PAD R2
1
SNA
7.15-4-3
JC70-00314A
IPR-PLATE PAD
1
SA
7.15-4-4
JC73-00140A
RPR-FRICTION PAD
1
SA
7.15-5
JC61-70911A
SPRING ETC-EXIT ROLL FD
1
SA
7.15-6
JC61-00603A
PLATE-P-KNOCK_UP
1
SNA
7.15-7
6107-001166
SPRING-CS
2
SA
7.15-8
JC73-00141A
RPR-PAD CASSETTE
1
SA
7.15-9
JC66-00719A
CAM-M-KNOCK UP
1
SNA
7.15-10
JC61-00876A
FRAME-M_CASSETTE
1
SNA
7.15-11
JC61-00918B
GUIDE-M-EXTENSION L2
1
SA
7.15-12
JC72-00971A
PMO-EXTENSION SMALL
1
SA
7.15-13
JC72-00972A
PMO-PLATE_LOCKER
1
SA
7.15-14
JG61-70531A
SPRING ETC-LOCKER,PLATE
1
SA
7.15-15
JC63-00939A
COVER-M_SUB CST
1
SNA
7.15-16
JC64-00253A
INDICATOR-M_CASSETTE
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
17
20
22
31
20-2
23
25
21
24
32
27
20-1
18
19
15
26
34
18
16
31
34
20-3
1
8
30
29
20-4
28
3
6
7
0
4
5
34
11
33
35
9
10
13
12
2
14
Exploded Views & Parts List
7.16 Fuser Ass’y
Service Manual
7-35
Exploded Views & Parts List
Fuser Ass'y Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
7-36
Drawer#
SEC_Code
7.16-0
JC96-03799A
ELA UNIT-FUSER_110V
Description
QT'y
Service
1
SA
7.16-0
JC96-03800A
ELA UNIT-FUSER_220V
1
SA
7.16-1
JC61-01632A
FRAME-P-FUSER
1
SNA
7.16-2
JC66-00425A
GEAR-IDLE 33
1
SA
7.16-3
JC39-00520A
CBF HARNESS-FUSER CON
1
SA
7.16-4
4712-001031
THERMOSTAT
1
SA
7.16-5
1404-001364
THERMISTOR-NTC ASSY
1
SA
7.16-6
JC61-00785A
HOLDER-M-IDLE ROLLER
1
SA
7.16-7
JC72-40981A
PMO-ROLLER UPPER DP
1
SA
7.16-8
JC39-00521A
CBF HARNESS-FUSER REC
1
SA
7.16-9
JC72-41128B
PMO-GUIDE CLAW GREEN
4
SA
7.16-10
6107-001291
SPRING-ES
1
SNA
7.16-11
JC72-20902A
PEX-ROLLER F/UP(2)
2
SA
7.16-12
JC70-20901A
IEX-SHAFT IDLE,F/UP
2
SA
7.16-13
6107-001159
SPRING-TS
2
SA
7.16-14
JC75-00095A
MEC-BRUSH ANTISTATIC
1
SA
7.16-15
JC61-01627A
BRACKET-P-FUSER
1
SNA
7.16-16
JC61-01306A
HOLDER-M_JAM R
1
SNA
7.16-17
JC61-01305A
HOLDER-M_JAM L
1
SNA
7.16-18
6044-000125
RING-E
2
SA
7.16-19
JC66-00957A
LEVER-M_LINK JAM
2
SNA
7.16-20
JC96-03803A
ELA UNIT-HEAT 110V
1
SA
7.16-20
JC96-03804A
ELA UNIT-HEAT 220V
1
SA
7.16-20-1
JC66-01211A
ROLLER-HEAT
1
SNA
7.16-20-2
JC66-10901A
BEARING-PRESSURE/R
1
SA
7.16-20-3
JC61-01629A
BUSH-M_HR R
1
SNA
7.16-20-4
JC66-01193A
GEAR-M_FUSER_ECOIL
1
SNA
7.16-21
JC63-01004A
COVER-M_FUSER_ECOIL
1
SNA
7.16-22
JC61-01633A
GUIDE-M_REAR
1
SNA
7.16-23
JC72-00988A
PMO-ACTUATOR EXIT
1
SNA
7.16-24
JC61-70903A
SPRING ETC-ACTUATOR
1
SA
7.16-25
JC72-00382A
PMO-BUSHING TX
3
SNA
7.16-26
JC66-00402A
SHAFT-M-EXIT_F/UP
1
SA
7.16-27
JC73-40909B
RMO-RUBBER EXIT_F/UP
1
SNA
7.16-28
JC61-01625A
HOLDER-M_REAR_LEVER
1
SNA
7.16-29
6107-001237
SPRING-ES
1
SNA
7.16-30
JC66-40209A
GEAR-EXIT
1
SA
7.16-31
JC61-00047A
SPRING ETC-TR L HAWK
1
SA
7.16-32
JC66-01195A
ROLLER-PRESSURE
1
SA
7.16-33
JC66-00426B
GEAR-IDLE 23
1
SNA
7.16-34
JC67-00154A
CAP-M_END_ECOIL
2
SNA
7.16-35
Not assign
BRACKET-FUSER GEAR
1
SNA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded Views & Parts List
9
2
9
3
4
5
3
8
6
7
16
8
5
8
0
10
9
1
9
12
13
14
15
9
9
11
7.17 Duplex Unit(Optional)
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
7-37
Exploded Views & Parts List
Duplex Unit (Optional) Parts List
SA : SERVICE AVAILABLE, SNA : SERVICE not AVAILABLE
7-38
Drawer#
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
7.17-0
JC97-02393A
MEA UNIT-DUPLEX
Description
1
SA
7.17-1
JC61-01594A
FRAME-M_DUP
1
SNA
7.17-2
Not assign
GUIDE-M_DUMMY
1
SNA
7.17-3
JC61-00665A
BUSH-M-FEED, DUP
4
SA
7.17-4
JC96-03662B
ELA UNIT-ROLLER_DUP2
1
SNA
7.17-5
JC66-00699A
PULLEY-18-DUP
2
SNA
7.17-6
JC66-00038A
GEAR-EXIT F/DOWN
1
SA
7.17-7
JC96-03662A
ELA UNIT-ROLLER_DUP
1
SNA
7.17-8
JC66-00900A
PULLEY-M-18-DUMMY_DUP
3
SA
7.17-9
6003-000196
SCREW-TAPTITE
6
SA
7.17-10
JC65-00017A
TERMINAL-P-GND DUP
1
SNA
7.17-11
JC61-01595A
GUIDE-M_UPPER DUP
1
SNA
7.17-12
6107-001156
SPRING-TS
2
SA
7.17-13
JK72-00058A
PCT-SILP WASHER
4
SNA
7.17-14
JC66-00896A
ROLLER-M-IDLE_ DUP
1
SA
7.17-15
JC66-00444A
SHAFT-IDLE ROLL, DUP
1
SA
7.17-16
JC66-20901A
BELT-TIMMING
1
SA
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8
Exploded View & Parts List
Contents
8. Exploded Views and Parts List
8.1 Main
8.2 Housing Scanner
8.3 OPE Cover
8.4 Platen Cover Ass'y
8.5 ADF Ass'y
8.6 DADF Ass'y
8.7 DADF Platen Cover Ass'y
8.8 DADF SUB Ass'y
8.9 Side Cover Ass'y
8.10 Cassette Ass'y
8.11 Exit Ass'y
8.12 Feeder Ass'y
8.13 MP Ass'y
8.14 Base Frame
8.15 Pick-up Ass'y
8.16 Drive Ass'y
8.17 Main Frame Ass'y
8.18 FuserAss'y
8.19 SCF Unit(Option Cassette)
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-6
8-7
8-8
8-9
8-10
8-11
8-12
8-13
8-14
8-15
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-19
8-20
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-1
8-2
SCX-6322DN
SCX-6122FN
1-1
1-2
0
1
2-1
2-2
2
39
3
28
6
5
34
SCF
47
OPC DRUM
20
4
32
44
Toner Cartridge
12
35
45
46
25
26-1
15
16
9
49
38
26-2
26-3
24
37
26-4
48
13
30
51
14
26
41-1
41-3
41-2
17
21-2
11
41
21
21-1
18-1
19
50
33
18
10
40-4
40-2
40-1
40-3
40
29-2
29-3
29-1
7
18-2
29
8
Exploded View & Parts List
8.1 Main
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
8.2 Housing Scanner
0
1
2
3
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-3
Exploded View & Parts List
6
15
4
1
3
5
2
8
7
16
9
17
11
10
12
13
18
20 14
19
21
22
23
0
8.3 OPE Cover
8-4
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
8.4 Platen Cover Ass'y
33-9
33-8
33-7
33-6
33-2-2
33-2-3
33-2
33-2-1
33-5
33-2-4
33-4
33-10
33-2
33-3
33-1
34
33
34-10
34-9
34-28
34-25
34-8
34-18-3
34-11
34-7
34-24
34-29
34-6
34-5
34-4
34-18-2
34-18-4
34-18-9
34-12
34-16
34-17
34-18-8
34-18-9
34-13/27
34-26
34-18-1
34-18-7
34-18-5
34-18-6
34-23
34-18
34-14
34-21
34-15
34-20
34-19
34-3
34-22
34-2
34-1
34-28
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-5
9
1-12
8-6
1-4
1-15
1-13
1-8
1-9
10
7
1-1
1-2
7
10
1-4
1-5
1-3
8
1-11
1-10
1-6
1
3-2
3-4
3-20
2-4
3-6
3-5
3-2
2-5
2-3
2-2
3-3
3-22
3-19
3-13
3-18
3-8
2
3-7
3-1
3-4
3-2
2-1
5
0
3-13
3-14
3-9
3-17
3-11
3-10
3-21
3-15
3-12
3
4-9
4-1
4-4
4-3
4
4-2
S1
4-8
4-5
4-11
6
4-7
4-6
S1
Exploded View & Parts List
8.5 ADF Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
8.6 DADF Ass'y
0
5-1
5
5-4
5-2
5-3
5-5
4
5-6
5-9
5-7
5-8
3
1
2
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-7
Exploded View & Parts List
8.7 DADF Platen Cover Ass’y
0
11
1
10
10
12
13
8
5
2
9
3
6
7
4
8-8
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Samsung Electronics
1-14
1-7
1-9
1-8
1-15
1-10
1-11
1-2
1-13
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-1
1-3
1-12
0
1
3
42
12
2
37
34
14
6
31
33
41
13
5
4
28
15
42
32
38
7
42
43
17
40
30
26
8
29
36
40-3
17
20
40-1
21
11-6
16
44
27
12
18
22
19
39
40-2
42
40-3
11-2
41
17
13
11-7
15
39-3
14
39-7
23
24
39-4
39-1
11-3
11-1
39-6
9
11-4
11-5
39-5
39-2
43
10
11
Exploded View & Parts List
8.8 DADF SUB Ass’y
Service Manual
8-9
Exploded View & Parts List
8.9 Side Cover Ass'y
1-4
1-1
1-11
1-12
1-20
1-8
1-10
1-8
1-9 1-6
1-19
1-3
1-7
1-2
1-12
1-13
1-6
0
1-15
1-14
1-5
1
1-18
1-17
1-18
1-16
2
2-1
2-5
2-6
2-8
2-8-2
2-2
2-8-3
2-8-7
2-8-4
2-3
2-7
2-8-6
2-8-5
2-8-1
8-10
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
8.10 Cassette Ass'y
0
11
24
3
13
14
S6
S6
7
22
8
2
S6
15
16
2
1
5
6
17
12
21
9
20
10
19
19
18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-11
Exploded View & Parts List
8.11 Exit Ass'y
0
14
11
15
12
16
13
18
24
17
10
6
19
20
5
4
8,9
7
3
2
21
22
1
23
8-12
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
8.12 Feeder Ass'y
2
17
1
6
5
4
7
3
20
11
19
21
10
12
22
9
13
5
8
15
18
12
17
19
6
S1
15
22
16
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-13
Exploded View & Parts List
8.13 MP Ass'y
22
16
3
6
20
9
26
18
5
21
10
14
20
1
8
25
25
3
4
2
12
11
13
17
15
24
8-14
7
23
19
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
4
9
8
10
7
6
11
13
5
12
3
1
2
0
19
18
20
21
17
23
22
14
16
15
24
8.14 Base Frame
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-15
Exploded View & Parts List
10
7
8
6
9
5
10-2
11
10-1
1
11-2
11-1
2
3
4
12
13
14
15
0
8.15 Pick-up Ass'y
8-16
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
17
22
14
26
25
1
27
31
3
4
2
5
23
24
6
8
21
9
7
18
10
19
20
6
12
13
14
11
16
15
0
8.16 Drive Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-17
Exploded View & Parts List
21
18 19
14
17
35
26
16
25
15
12
13
10
11
20
38
9
37
8
22
7
5
24
23
36
30
27
28
29
31 32
4
5
3
6
2
33
1
34
0
8.17 Main Frame Ass'y
8-18
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Exploded View & Parts List
14
16
17
18
0
19
20
15
2
13
12
21
11
24
22
10
23
6
7
9
5-1,5-2
3,4
8
1
29
28
27
26
25
8.18 Fuser Ass'y
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-19
Exploded View & Parts List
8.19 SCF Unit(Option Cassette)
S11
S11
S11
1
0
9
5-18
5-17
5-19
5
5-6
5-4
5-14
5-13
5-3
5-7
5-2
5-16
5-13
5-10
5-11
5-13
5-8
5-5
S6
S6
3
7
5-4
5-13
S6
6-7
S6
S9
S6
S9
6-5
S9
S6
6-2 6-4
2-3
2-2
6-1
6-6
6-2
2
6
S6
S6
7-2
7-1
5-15
5-4
5-9
5-12
5-1
6-6
6-3
2-1
2-8
2-4
S6
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
S6
8
8-4
8-3
S11
S6
4
8-1
8-5 S6
8-2
S11
8-20
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service Parts List(SCX-6322DN/XAZ)
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.1-0
8.1-1-1
8.1-2
8.1-2-1
8.1-2-2
8.1-3
8.1-4
8.1-5
8.1-6
8.1-7
8.1-8
8.1-9
8.1-10
8.1-11
8.1-12
8.1-13
8.1-14
8.1-15
8.1-16
8.1-17
8.1-18
8.1-18-1
8.1-18-2
8.1-19
8.1-20
8.1-21
8.1-21-1
8.1-21-2
8.1-24
8.1-25
8.1-26
8.1-26-1
8.1-26-2
8.1-26-3
8.1-26-4
8.1-28
8.1-29
8.1-29-1
8.1-29-2
8.1-29-3
8.1-30
8.1-32
8.1-33
8.1-34
8.1-35
8.1-37
8.1-38
8.1-39
8.1-40
8.1-40-1
8.1-40-2
Description
22 PPM FLATBED MFP
ELA HOU-SCANNER
MEA UNIT-COVER PA EX
PMO-TRAY EXT MP NE
PMO-COVER PAPER EXIT
MEA UNIT-CASSETTE
MEA UNIT-COVER FRONT
UNIT-LSU,600DPI,22
ELA HOU-SHIELD SMPS
PBA SUB-LIU
SUPPORTER
ELA HOU-PICK UP PLUS
ELA HOU-SIDE COVER
ELA HOU-MP
ELA HOU-BASE FRAME
MEA UNIT-FEED ROLLER
ELA HOU-FUSER E_COIL
ELA HOU-FRAME MAIN
MEA UNIT-EXIT
ELA HOU-ENGINE DRIVE
MEA UNIT-REAR COVER
COVER-MAIN REAR DUMMY
COVER-MAIN REAR
PBA MAIN-CONTROLLER
COVER-PANNEL MFP
ELA HOU-DUCT FAN
FAN-DC
PMO-DUCT FAN
SOLENOID-PICK UP
PMO-COVER EXIT REAR
MEA UNIT-GUIDE CST PA
PPR-SHEET/GUIDE PAPER
PMO-GUIDE CST RAIL
SHEET-FEED
IPR-GUIDE CASSETTE PAPER
PMO-DUMMY BASE FRAME
ELA HOU-SHIELD MAIN
SHIELD-P_MAIN BOARD
HARNESS-INLET
CBF HARNESS-LIU GND
PMO-COVER FEED AY
PMO-GUIDE PAPER OUT
SHEET-CONNECTOR
CBF HARNESS-LSU
HARNESS-HVPS
HARNESS-MAIN_MOTOR
GEAR-PICK_UP
IPR-SHIELD SMPS UPPER
MEA UNIT-HOLD GND ASS'Y
SPRING ETC-PLATE TR
SPRING ETC-TR_L
͢
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
SCX-6322DN/XAZ
JC96-04180X
JC97-01556C
JC72-00354D
JC72-00786C
JC97-01736D
JC97-01572C
JC59-00014C
JC96-04178A
JC92-01793D
6103-000101
JC96-02715C
JC96-02183D
JC96-02182B
JC96-04010C
JC97-01850A
JC96-03021C
JC96-04012A
JC97-01643D
JC96-04183A
JC97-01851D
JC63-00192C
JC63-00191B
JC92-01792D
JC63-01089C
JC96-02311A
JC31-00012A
JC72-00807A
JC33-00007A
JC72-00790B
JC97-01624B
JC72-00836A
JC72-00791B
JC63-00078A
JC70-00244A
JC72-00789B
JC96-04182A
JC63-01092A
JC39-00604A
JB39-00103A
JC72-00801A
JC72-00835B
JC63-00072A
JC39-00336A
JC39-00590A
JC39-00598B
JC66-00335A
JC70-00248A
JC97-01574A
JC61-70203A
JC61-70961A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.1-40-3
8.1-40-4
8.1-41
8.1-41-1
8.1-41-2
8.1-41-3
8.1-44
8.1-45
8.1-46
8.1-47
8.1-48
8.1-49
8.1-50
8.1-51
8.2-0
8.2-1
8.2-2
8.2-3
8.3-0
8.3-1
8.3-2
8.3-3
8.3-4
8.3-5
8.3-7
8.3-8
8.3-9
8.3-10
8.3-11
8.3-12
8.3-13
8.3-14
8.3-15
8.3-16
8.3-17
8.3-18
8.3-19
8.3-20
8.3-21
8.3-23
8.4-33
8.4-33-1
8.4-33-2
8.4-33-2-1
8.4-33-2-2
8.4-33-2-4
8.4-33-3
8.4-33-4
8.4-33-5
8.4-33-6
8.4-33-7
8.4-33-10
8.4-34
8.4-34-1
8.4-34-2
8.4-34-3
Description
PMO-BUSH
PMO-HOLDER GND TR
MEA UNIT-HOLD GEAR ASS'Y
SPRING ETC-TR_R
PMO-BUSH
PMO-HOLDER GEAR TR
PMO-CAM JAM REMOVE
PMO-LOCKER DEVE
PMO-LEVER JAM REMOVE
HARNESS-POWER_SWITCH
GEAR-TRANSFER
PMO-BEARING SHAFT
MEC-TRANSFER ROLLER
PMO-COVER BRKT MOTER
ELA HOU-SCANNER
ELA HOU-DADF
ELA HOU-OPE
ELA HOU-PLATEN
ELA HOU-OPE
COVER-DUMMY
COVER-OPE
KEY-M_STOP CLEAR
KEY-M_START BLACK
KEY-M_TEL
KEY-M_FAX
KEY-M_ON HOOK
KEY-M_MENU
LENS-STATUS
RUBBER-TEL
RUBBER-MODE
RUBBER-MENU
COVER-LCD
KEY-M_MODE SCAN
KEY-M_MODE COPY
KEY-M_MODE FAX
RUBBER-FAX
RUBBER-EMAIL
ELA UNIT-OPE
PBA SUB-QWERTY
SCREW-TAPTITE
ELA HOU-SCAN UPPER
PMO-COVER SCAN UPPER
MEA UNIT-DUMMY UPPER
PMO-DUMMY UPPER
MCT-GLASS ADF
SHEET-DUMMY UPPER
SHEET ABS-REGI_EDGE
SCREW-TAPTITE
TAPE ETC-DOUBLE TAPE SMALL
TAPE ETC-DOUBLE TAPE LARGE
MCT-GLASS SCANNER(LEGAL)
IPR-HOLDER GLASS
ELA HOU-SCAN LOWER
COVER-SCAN LOWER
PMO-COVER DUMMY LOWER
SCREW-TAPTITE
ͣ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC72-40228A
JC72-00883A
JC97-01573A
JC61-70906A
JC72-40228A
JC72-00884A
JC72-00799A
JC72-00805A
JC72-00804A
JC39-00601C
JC66-40947A
JC72-41191A
JC75-00148A
JC72-00834A
JC96-04180X
JC96-02943B
JC96-04170X
JC96-04171A
JC96-04170X
JC63-01155N
JC63-01156X
JC64-00242A
JC64-00243A
JC64-00239A
JC64-00241A
JC64-00249A
JC64-00248A
JC67-00198A
JC73-00246A
JC73-00247A
JC73-00230A
JC63-01157A
JC64-00247A
JC64-00245A
JC64-00246A
JC73-00248A
JC73-00245A
JC96-03994C
JC92-01791D
6003-000154
JC96-04034B
JC72-00758B
JC97-02800A
JC72-00759D
JC74-00019A
JC63-00074A
JC72-00809B
6003-000154
JC02-00013A
JC02-00012A
JC74-00018A
JB70-00148A
JC96-04172A
JC63-00157B
JC72-00753B
6003-000154
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
17
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
1
3
1
1
1
15
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.4-34-4
8.4-34-5
8.4-34-6
8.4-34-7
8.4-34-8
8.4-34-9
8.4-34-11
8.4-34-12
8.4-34-13
8.4-34-14
8.4-34-15
8.4-34-16
8.4-34-17
8.4-34-18
8.4-34-18-1
8.4-34-18-2
8.4-34-18-3
8.4-34-18-4
8.4-34-18-5
8.4-34-18-6
8.4-34-18-7
8.4-34-18-8
8.4-34-19
8.4-34-21
8.4-34-22
8.4-34-23
8.4-34-24
8.4-34-25
8.4-34-26
8.4-34-27
8.4-34-28
8.4-34-28
8.6-0
8.6-1
8.6-2
8.6-3
8.6-4
8.6-5
8.6-5-1
8.6-5-2
8.6-5-3
8.6-5-4
8.6-5-5
8.6-5-6
8.6-5-7
8.6-5-8
8.7-0
8.7-1
8.7-2
8.7-3
8.7-4
8.7-5
8.7-6
8.7-7
8.7-8
8.7-9
Description
ICT-INSERT SHAFT
PMO-PULLEY
PMO-HOLDER BELT
RING-E
ELA HOU-CCD MODULE
BELT-TIMING GEAR
HOLDER-M-CCD(UMAX)
SPRING ETC-EXIT
IPR-BRK SCAN BD
COVER-CCD CABLE
PMO-LEVER SENSOR
SPRING ETC-BELT
SCREW-TAPPING
ELA HOU-SCAN MOTOR
BRACKET-MOTOR PLATEN
SCREW-TAPTITE
GEAR-IDLE
GEAR-REDUCTION73/37
GEAR-TIMING
PMO-HOLDER BELT
RING-E
MOTOR STEP-SCAN
CABLE CLAMP
SCREW-TAPTITE
CBF HARNESS-OPE
CBF HARNESS-SCAN MOTOR
CBF HARNESS-DRIVER GND
CBF SIGNAL-CCD FFC
CBF HARNESS-SCAN_DSUB
ELA UNIT-CORE
SHAFT-CCD(UMAX)
IPR-CHANNEL BASE FRAME
ELA HOU-DADF
ELA HOU-COVER PLATEN
COVER-FRONT
COVER-REAR
ELA HOU-DADF SUB
MEA UNIT-TX STACKER
PMO-TX STACKER
GUIDE-DOC_LEFT
GUIDE-DOC_RIGHT
IPR-WASHER SPRING CU
PMO-GEAR PINION
PMO-ACTUATOR LENGTH
PMO-TX STACKER LOWER
SPRING ETC-TORSION DOC (CC2-F)
ELA HOU-COVER PLATEN
COVER-PLATEN
PMO-EXTENTION PLATEN
GUIDE-EXTENTION
PPR-SPONG SHEET
PMO-ROLL PINCH
IPR-P_PINCH(SCAN)
SHAFT-PINCH
PMO-ACTUATOR SENSOR SCAN
PBA SUB-GATE
ͤ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JB70-00154A
JB72-00763A
JB72-00764A
6044-000125
JC96-02759B
6602-001084
JC61-00703A
JB61-70939A
JC70-00228A
JC63-00158B
JC72-00755A
JB61-00059A
6002-000175
JC96-02751A
JC61-00702A
6003-000154
JB66-00083A
JC66-00530A
JC66-00531A
JB72-00764A
6044-000125
JB31-00011A
6502-000132
6003-000154
JC39-00340A
JB39-00077A
JB39-00065A
JC39-00236A
JC39-00338A
JB96-01381A
JC66-00532A
JC70-00239A
JC96-02943B
JC96-02942B
JC63-00200B
JC63-00201B
JC96-02973B
JC97-01840B
JC72-01253B
JC61-00739B
JC61-00740B
JF70-10616A
JF72-41354A
JC72-01250B
JC72-01254B
JB61-00076A
JC96-02942B
JC63-00198B
JC72-01251B
JC61-00746B
JC72-00751B
JG72-40663A
JC70-00468A
JC66-00659A
JC72-00746A
JC92-01562A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
2
1
1
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.7-10
8.7-11
8.7-12
8.7-13
8.8-0
8.8-1
8.8-1-1
8.8-1-2
8.8-1-4
8.8-1-5
8.8-1-6
8.8-1-7
8.8-1-8
8.8-1-9
8.8-1-10
8.8-1-11
8.8-1-12
8.8-1-13
8.8-1-14
8.8-1-15
8.8-2
8.8-3
8.8-4
8.8-5
8.8-6
8.8-7
8.8-8
8.8-9
8.8-10
8.8-11
8.8-11-1
8.8-11-2
8.8-11-3
8.8-11-4
8.8-11-5
8.8-11-6
8.8-12
8.8-13
8.8-14
8.8-15
8.8-16
8.8-17
8.8-18
8.8-19
8.8-20
8.8-21
8.8-22
8.8-23
8.8-24
8.8-26
8.8-27
8.8-28
8.8-29
8.8-30
8.8-31
8.8-32
Description
MEA UNIT-HINGE(MCK2)
PLATE-P-DUMMY PLATEN
SPRING ETC-CHARGE
SPRING ETC-TORSION DOC (CC2-F)
ELA HOU-DADF SUB
MEA UNIT-COVER OPEN
COVER-OPEN
PMO-STOPPER EXIT
ROLLER-REGI
PMO-LEVER OPEN
SPRING ETC-KNOCKUP,MP
PBA SUB-REGI
PMO-ACTUATOR REGI
COVER-SENSOR
SPRING ETC-TORSION DOC (CC2-F)
BUSH-6_D
RING-E
GROUND-P DUPLEX
COVER-HARNESS
CBF HARNESS-LIU GND
GUIDE-SCAN
GROUND-P_SCAN ROLLER
GROUND-P_EXIT ROLLER
PBA SUB-SENSOR_IF
IPR-BRKT WHITE BAR
SPRING ETC-WHITE BAR
SHEET-GUIDE PAPER
ROLLER-EXIT
GEAR-DADF_EXIT31
MEA UNIT-COVER EXIT
COVER-EXIT
SPRING ETC-WHITE BAR
PMO-ROLLER IDLE SCAN
SHAFT-EXIT IDLE
TAPE ETC-ANTI BRUSH
GROUND-P-EXIT COVER
ROLLER-SCAN
PMO-BUSHING HOLDER
SPRING ETC-CLUTCH
GEAR-DADF_SCAN31
MEA UNIT-PICK_UP
MEP-CLUTCH SMALL
ELA HOU-DUPLEX MOTOR
MOTOR STEP-DUPLEX
IPR-GUARD C/O S/W
CBF HARNESS-COVER_OPEN
MOTOR STEP-DADF
ELA HOU-DADF MOTOR
COVER-P GEAR
GEAR-DADF24(A)
PMO-GATE DUPLEX
PBA SUB-DADF
CBF HARNESS-CLUTCH_IF
CBF D SUB CABLE-DADF
PMO-ACTUATOR SCAN
PMO-ACTUATOR DUPLEX
ͥ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC97-01839A
JC61-00819A
JC61-70925A
JB61-00076A
JC96-02973B
JC97-01844B
JC63-00195B
JC72-41396B
JC66-00587A
JC72-01256B
JC61-00483A
JC92-01561A
JC72-01261A
JC63-00197B
JB61-00076A
JC61-00423A
6044-000125
JC63-00315A
JC63-00408B
JB39-00103A
JC61-00738B
JC63-00249A
JC63-00250A
JC92-01556A
JC70-00225A
JC61-00548A
JC63-00185A
JC66-00588A
JC66-00571A
JC97-01841B
JC63-00196B
JC61-00548A
JC72-00906A
JC66-00661A
JC02-00014A
JC63-00203A
JC66-00585A
JG72-40732A
JB61-70922A
JC66-00570A
JC97-01848A
JC47-00003C
JC96-02940A
JC31-00034A
JC70-00218A
JC39-00332A
JC31-00033A
JC96-02941A
JC63-00307A
JC66-00565A
JC72-01255A
JC92-01554B
JC39-00327A
JC39-00359A
JC72-01249A
JC72-01263A
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.8-33
8.8-34
8.8-36
8.8-37
8.8-38
8.8-39
8.8-39-1
8.8-39-2
8.8-39-3
8.8-39-4
8.8-39-5
8.8-39-6
8.8-39-7
8.8-40
8.8-40-1
8.8-40-2
8.8-40-3
8.8-41
8.8-42
8.8-43
8.8-44
8.8-45
8.8-46
8.9-0
8.9-1
8.9-1-1
8.9-1-2
8.9-1-3
8.9-1-4
8.9-1-5
8.9-1-6
8.9-1-7
8.9-1-8
8.9-1-9
8.9-1-10
8.9-1-11
8.9-1-12
8.9-1-13
8.9-1-13
8.9-1-14
8.9-1-15
8.9-1-16
8.9-1-17
8.9-1-18
8.9-1-19
8.9-1-20
8.9-2
8.9-2-1
8.9-2-2
8.9-2-3
8.9-2-5
8.9-2-6
8.9-2-7
8.9-2-8
8.9-2-8-1
8.9-2-8-2
Description
CBF HARNESS-DADF_GND
ROLLER-DUPLEX
GUIDE-DUPLEX_INNER
GUIDE-DUPLEX_LOWER
MEA UNIT-GUIDE DUPLEX
MEA UNIT-GUIDE_P UP
GUIDE-PICK_UP_UPPER
MEA UNIT-HOLDER RUB
PBA SUB-PAPER SEN
PBA SUB-EXIT_OPEN
PMO-ACTUATOR DOC
GUIDE-PICK_UP_LOWER
SPRING ETC-TORSION DOC (CC2-F)
MEA UNIT-SUPPORT P UP
SUPPORT-PICK UP
SPRING ETC-PICKUP
GUIDE-DOC SENSOR
BUSH-10_D
BUSH-6_D
BUSH-6_D(L)
SHAFT-GATE_DUPLEX
SHAFT-REGI
CBF HARNESS-SENSOR_IF
ELA HOU-SIDE COVER
MEA UNIT-DUPLEX
IPR-E-PLATE SAW(MCK2)
IPR-BRACKET GUIDE B
PMO-HOLDER SAW
IPR-BRACKET GUIDE A
PMO-FEED FRAME
SPRING ETC-FEED
PMO-BUSHING FEED
GEAR-DUP IDLER 17
GEAR-MP/DUP DRV
RING-CS
IPR-BRKT GROUND TR
PMO-BUSHING TX(B4)
IPR-BRKT GROUND A
PMO-SHAFT DUP DRIVER
RPR-RUBBER EXIT
IPR-BRKT G DUP
PMO-GP LOWER DP
PMO-ROLLER_EXIT
SPRING ETC-FUSER EXIT
CBF HARNESS-OPE GND
IPR-BRKT GROUND B
MEA UNIT-SIDE SUB
PMO-GUIDE DP SIDE
GUIDE-SIDE_PUSH
PMO-LOCKER OPEN
PMO-LOCKER SIDE R
SPRING ETC-LOCKER TORSION
PMO-TIE STOPPER
MEA UNIT-TRAY
PMO-TRAY CASE MP
PMO-TRAY EXT MP
ͦ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC39-00334A
JC66-00589A
JC61-00737B
JC61-00735B
JC97-01843A
JC97-01847B
JC61-00733B
JC97-01846B
JC92-01783A
JC92-01564A
JC72-01248A
JC61-00732B
JB61-00076A
JC97-01845B
JC61-00742B
JC61-00482A
JC61-00788B
JC61-00720A
JC61-00423A
JC61-00884A
JC66-00683A
JC66-00662A
JC39-00344A
JC96-02183D
JC97-01578B
JC70-10232D
JC70-00234A
JC72-41213B
JC70-00229A
JC72-00731A
JC61-00478A
JC72-00730A
JC66-00341A
JC66-00346A
6044-000001
JC70-00231A
JG72-40744A
JC70-00232A
JC72-00764A
JC73-10203A
JC70-00233A
JC72-00732A
JC72-40361A
JC61-70976A
JC39-00036A
JC70-00230A
JC97-01909B
JC72-00806A
JC61-00919B
JC72-00762D
JC72-00763C
JC61-00479A
JC72-00766A
JC97-01577C
JC72-00776B
JC72-00778D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
8
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.9-2-8-3
8.9-2-8-4
8.9-2-8-5
8.9-2-8-6
8.10-1
8.10-2
8.10-3
8.10-5
8.10-6
8.10-7
8.10-8
8.10-9
8.10-10
8.10-11
8.10-12
8.10-13
8.10-14
8.10-17
8.10-18
8.10-19
8.10-20
8.10-21
8.10-22
8.11-0
8.11-2
8.11-3
8.11-4
8.11-5
8.11-6
8.11-7
8.11-8
8.11-9
8.11-10
8.11-11
8.11-12
8.11-13
8.11-14
8.11-15
8.11-16
8.11-16
8.11-17
8.11-18
8.11-19
8.11-20
8.11-21
8.11-22
8.11-23
8.11-24
8.12-0
8.12-1
8.12-3
8.12-4
8.12-5
8.12-6
8.12-7
8.12-8
Description
PMO-SIDE GUIDE MP
PMO-TRAY COVER MP
IPR-GUIDE LATCH
PMO-TRAY LINK MP
PMO-IMPACT CASSETTE
PLATE-P_GUIDE PAPER
IPR-PLATE K/UP
PMO-COVER CASSETTE
PMO-FRAME CASSETTE
GUIDE-FRONT CST PLUS
PMO-GUIDE REAR
GUIDE-P-SIDE CST
PMO-LOCKER PLATE
PAD-CST PLUS
SPRING ETC-LOCKER,PLATE
SPRING-CS
SPRING-CS
GUIDE-SIDE HANDLE
IPR-P-FINGER LEFT
BUSH-M-FINGER,F
WASHER-PLAIN
SPRING ETC-WHITE BAR
GUIDE-SUB WALL
MEA UNIT-EXIT
PMO-GUIDE-EXIT LOWER
SPRING ETC-EXIT LOWER IDLE
HOLDER-EXIT(MC)
PMO-ROLLER FD F
PMO-ROLLER FD R
SPRING ETC-EXIT ROLL FD
SHAFT-IDLE_LOWER
PMO-ROLLER_EXIT
PMO-GUIDE_EXIT UPPER
MEC-ROLLER EXIT DRIVE
PMO-BEARING LARGE DP
PMO-ROLLER DECURL
PMO-BUSHING DP
PMO-BEARING LARGE DP
PMO-HOLDER PAD,MP
GEAR-DUPLEX
PMO-PULLEY DUPLEX
RING-C
BELT-TIMING GEAR
IPR-GROUND-EXIT
PMO-LEVER_STACKING
MEC-BRUSH ANTISTATIC
SCREW-TAPTITE
PBA SUB-BIN_FULL_SEN
MEA UNIT-FEED ROLLER
PMO-FRAME FEED
GEAR-MP/DUP DRV
ICT-SHAFT FEED
PMO-BUSHING_P/U,MP
RING-E
RING-CS
BRACKET-PM_FEED(25)
ͧ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC72-00547A
JC72-00777D
JB70-10906A
JC72-00857C
JC72-00877C
JC61-00831A
JC70-00221A
JC72-00795B
JC72-00716B
JC61-00825C
JC72-00717C
JC61-00826A
JC72-41210A
JC69-00474A
JG61-70531A
6107-001172
6107-001172
JC61-00824C
JC70-00325A
JC61-00653A
6031-000021
JC61-00548A
JC61-00840B
JC97-01643D
JC72-00710A
JC61-00484A
JC61-00547A
JC72-41007A
JC72-41008A
JC61-70911A
JC66-00715A
JC72-40361A
JC72-00708B
JC75-00166A
JC72-00885A
JC72-00833A
JC72-01345A
JC72-00885A
JC72-00771A
JC66-40912A
JC72-40980A
6044-000159
6602-001084
JC70-00252A
JC72-00709B
JC75-00095A
6003-000154
JC92-01400B
JC97-01850A
JC72-00821A
JC66-00346A
JC70-00267A
JC72-41364A
6044-000125
6044-000001
JC61-00849A
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
2
1
4
1
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.12-9
8.12-11
8.12-12
8.12-13
8.12-14
8.12-15
8.12-16
8.12-17
8.12-18
8.12-19
8.12-20
8.12-21
8.12-22
8.13-0
8.13-2
8.13-3
8.13-5
8.13-7
8.13-8
8.13-9
8.13-10
8.13-11
8.13-12
8.13-13
8.13-14
8.13-15
8.13-17
8.13-18
8.13-19
8.13-20
8.13-21
8.13-22
8.13-23
8.13-24
8.13-25
8.14-0
8.14-1
8.14-2
8.14-3
8.14-5
8.14-6
8.14-7
8.14-8
8.14-9
8.14-10
8.14-11
8.14-12
8.14-13
8.14-14
8.14-15
8.14-17
8.14-18
8.14-19
8.14-20
8.14-21
8.14-22
Description
PMO-ROLLER FEED
PMO-HOLDER PINCH SUB
PMO-ROLLER FEED L
HOLDER-PUSH_FEED_CST
PMO-HOLDER PINCH M
PMO-SUB HOLDER FEED
SPRING ETC-FEED MP
WASHER-PLAIN
PMO-ROLLER FEED S
IPR-SHAFT FEED IDLER
SHEET-FEEDER
PMO-ROLLER PINCH FEED
RING-C
ELA HOU-MP
SCREW-TAPTITE
RING-E
SPRING ETC--CAM MP
SPRING ETC-KNOCKUP,MP
IPR-BRACKET SOLENOIDE
PMO-HOLDER CAM MPF
PMO-GEAR P/U MPF
PMO-ROLLER CAM.MP
PMO-ACTUATOR,MP
PMO-ADJUSTER,MP
PMO-CAM PICK UP,MP
PMO-FRAME MP
PMO-HOLDER SENSOR,MP
PMO-HOUSING PICK UP,MP
PMO-PLATE KNOCK UP,MP
PMO-IDLE PICK UP MP
RPR-RUBBER PICK UP,MP
RPR-RCT PAD PICKUP,MP
PAD-MP(PLUS)
PBA SUB-MP SEN
PMO-BUSHING_P/U,MP
ELA HOU-BASE FRAME
PMO-BASE FRAME
PMO-COVER FRONT DUMMY
SPRING ETC-TORSION
SCREW-TAPTITE
IPR-CHANNEL BASE FRAME
SCREW-TAPTITE
FOOT-ML80
IPR-GROUND PLATE B(BASE)
SCREW-TAPTITE
ELA M/M-AUD SPEAKER
BRACKET-M-PUSH DEVE
SPRING ETC-DEVE REAR
IPR-GROUND PLATE SCF
CBF HARNESS-SCF
FAN-DC CARDINAL
SHAFT-DEVE_BOTTOM
SPRING ETC-DEVE FRONT
HOLDER-M_ROLLER BOTTOM
HOLDER-CATCH CST(MC2)
BATTERY-NIH(2ND)
ͨ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC72-00727A
JC72-00725A
JC72-40261A
JC61-00871A
JC72-00724A
JC72-40266A
JC61-00481A
6031-000021
JC72-40262A
JC70-10230A
JC63-00259A
JC72-01315A
6044-000159
JC96-02182B
6003-000154
6044-000125
JC61-00003A
JC61-00483A
JC70-00237A
JC72-00055A
JC72-00056A
JC72-00761A
JC72-00767A
JC72-00768A
JC72-00769A
JC72-00770B
JC72-00772A
JC72-00773A
JC72-00775A
JC72-41027A
JC73-00089A
JC73-00090A
JC69-00494A
JC92-01362A
JC72-41364A
JC96-04010C
JC72-00779B
JC72-00785B
JC61-00486A
6003-000154
JC70-00239A
6003-000154
JC61-40001A
JC70-00241A
6003-000154
JC96-01607A
JC61-00789A
JC61-00550A
JC70-00243A
JC39-00082A
JC31-00027B
JC66-00684A
JC61-00551A
JC61-00855A
JC61-00857A
4302-001183
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
12
1
5
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.14-23
8.14-24
8.15-0
8.15-1
8.15-2
8.15-3
8.15-4
8.15-6
8.15-7
8.15-8
8.15-9
8.15-10
8.15-11
8.15-13
8.15-14
8.15-15
8.16-0
8.16-2
8.16-3
8.16-7
8.16-8
8.16-9
8.16-11
8.16-12
8.16-13
8.16-14
8.16-15
8.16-16
8.16-17
8.16-18
8.16-19
8.16-20
8.16-21
8.16-22
8.16-23
8.16-24
8.16-25
8.16-26
8.16-27
8.17-0
8.17-1
8.17-2
8.17-3
8.17-4
8.17-5
8.17-7
8.17-9
8.17-10
8.17-11
8.17-12
8.17-13
8.17-14
8.17-15
8.17-16
8.17-17
8.17-18
Description
STOPPER-M-FAN80
PBA SUB-AIR_TMP
ELA HOU-PICK UP PLUS
IPR-GND FEED
IPR-GND INPUT
IPR-GUIDE INPUT
PMO-M-ACTUATOR_NO PAPER
PBA SUB-PTL
PMO-FEED SENSOR
PMO-GUIDE PAPER
PMO-HOLDER SENSOR FEED
PMO-LENS TONER SENSOR
PMO-PTL PATH
PMO-BUSHING_P/U,MP
HOUSING-M-PICKUP LARGE
HOUSING-M-PICKUP SMALL
ELA HOU-ENGINE DRIVE
MOTOR STEP-MCK2(MAIN)
PMO-IMPELLER_DRV
GEAR-71/23
GEAR-OPC53/37
GEAR-86/23
GEAR-31/19
GEAR-RDCN FEED INNER
GEAR-DEVE DRV
GEAR-HUB CLUTCH
PMO-DEV/COUPLING
GEAR-RDCN FEED OUTER
GEAR-OPC DRV
MEC-BRAKE GEAR
GEAR-OPC 55/31
BRACKET-P-BRAKE
GEAR-FEED DRV
GEAR-FUSER DRV INNER
GEAR-GEAR FUSER DRV OUTER
GEAR-SWING DRV
GEAR-EXIT/U,ID
LINK-P-DUPLEX
RING-C
ELA HOU-FRAME MAIN
PMO-FRAME MAIN
PMO-LENS TONER SENSOR
PBA SUB-TONER_RX
IPR-GND OPC
HARNESS-OPC GND
SCREW-TAPPING
PMO-CAP CONNECTOR L
PMO-CAP CONNECTOR U
IPR-GUARD C/O S/W
IPR-GND TERMINAL
CBF HARNESS-COVER_SW
GEAR-EXIT,IDLE(Z17)
SCREW-TAPTITE
GROUND-P-FUSER_MC2
RING-CS
SPRING ETC-CLUTCH
ͩ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC61-00667A
JC92-01568A
JC96-02715C
JC70-00238A
JC70-00235A
JC70-00222A
JC72-01313A
JC92-01361A
JC72-00721A
JC72-00722B
JC72-00726A
JC72-00803A
JC72-00822A
JC72-41364A
JC61-00822A
JC61-00823A
JC96-04183A
JC31-00020C
JC72-00825A
JC66-00345A
JC66-00580A
JC66-00337A
JC66-00350A
JC66-00342A
JC66-00338A
JC66-00340A
JC72-00743A
JC66-00343A
JC66-00347A
JC75-00163A
JC66-00581A
JC61-00853A
JC66-00348A
JC66-00333A
JC66-00334A
JC66-00349A
JC66-40211B
JC66-00576A
6044-000159
JC96-04012A
JC72-00800A
JC72-00803A
JC92-01360B
JC70-00216A
JC39-00592A
6002-000175
JC72-00463A
JC72-00465A
JC70-00218A
JC70-00219A
JC39-00360A
JC66-40964A
6003-000154
JC63-00409A
6044-000001
JB61-70922A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
6
2
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
΁ΒΣΥΤ͑ͽΚΤΥ
Service(SA:service available, SNA:service not avaialble)
Drawer#
8.17-19
8.17-20
8.17-21
8.17-22
8.17-23
8.17-24
8.17-25
8.17-26
8.17-27
8.17-28
8.17-29
8.17-30
8.17-36
8.17-37
8.17-38
8.17-38
8.18-0
8.18-1
8.18-2
8.18-3
8.18-4
8.18-5
8.18-5-1
8.18-5-2
8.18-6
8.18-7
8.18-8
8.18-9
8.18-10
8.18-11
8.18-12
8.18-13
8.18-14
8.18-15
8.18-16
8.18-17
8.18-18
8.18-19
8.18-20
8.18-21
8.18-22
8.18-23
8.18-24
8.18-25
8.18-26
8.18-27
8.18-28
8.18-29
Replacement
Replacement
Description
GEAR-EXIT/U,ID
IPR-GND EXIT
IPR-TERMINAL OPC
HOUSING-M-TERMINAL
IPR-TERMINAL GND
IPR-TERMINAL TR
IPR-TERMINAL BLADE
IPR-TERMINAL SUPPLY
PMO-HOUSING TERMINAL
IPR-TERMINAL FU
NUT-HEXAGON
SCREW-MACHINE
HARNESS-FUSER
HARNESS-OPC_FUSER
CBF HARNESS-THERM
HARNESS-H_VOLTAGE
ELA HOU-FUSER E_COIL
ELA UNIT-HEAT ROLLER
MEA UNIT-ACTUATOR
PEX-ROLLER F/UP(2)
IPR-PIN ROLLER EXIT
MEA UNIT-CLAW
SPRING ETC-SAPERATION
PMO-GUIDE CLAW
BRUSH-CARBON
SPRING-CS
SCREW-MACHINE
COVER-M-BRUSH
SCREW-TAPTITE
ELECTRODE-P-FRONT
THERMOSTAT
SCREW-MACHINE
THERMISTOR-NTC
NPR-ELECTRODE M
SCREW-TAPTITE
ELECTRODE-P-GEAR
PMO-UPPER FUSER
NUT-HEXAGON
SPRING ETC-ACTUATOR6G
LEVER-M-JAM R
ROLLER-PRESSURE
PMO-LOWER FUSER
IPR-GROUND FU
SPRING ETC-PR(7300)
BUSH
PMO-GUIDE INPUT
LEVER-M-JAM F
BUSH-HEAT ROLLER
BOX-MAIN
CBF-POWER CORD
ͪ
SEC_Code
QT'y
Service
JC66-40211B
JC70-00214A
JC70-00298A
JC61-00723A
JC70-00272A
JC70-00271A
JC70-00269A
JC70-00270A
JC72-41010A
JC70-10961A
6021-000222
6001-000568
JC39-00600B
JC39-00593A
JC39-00377A
JC39-00589A
JC96-03021C
JC96-03020C
JC97-01611B
JC72-20902A
JC70-00064A
JC97-01587B
JC61-70909A
JC72-00376B
JC67-00067A
6107-001172
6001-000568
JC63-00353A
6003-000154
JC70-00469A
4712-001027
6001-000568
1404-001340
JC71-00030A
6003-000154
JC70-00470A
JC72-01318A
6021-000222
JC61-00485A
JC66-00679A
JC66-00691A
JC72-01316A
JC70-00259A
JC61-00056A
JC66-10901A
JC72-00817A
JC66-00678A
JC61-01702A
JC69-01018E
3903-000020
3
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
5
1
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SNA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SNA
SNA
SA
SA
8
Block diagram
8. Block Diagram
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
8-1
9
Connection Diagram
9. Connection Diagram
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
9-1
10
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
1
2
2
IEEE1284 INTERFACE
9
hkjung2
6
Thursday, December 15, 2005
9:05:26 am
Time Changed
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
5
ENGINE INTERFACE , SCF INTERFACE
15
4
EXIT MOTOR , DUPLEX MOTOR , FLATEN MOTOR , DUPLEX INTERFACE
14
3
ENGINE INTERFACE , FUSER CONTROLLER , BLDC MOTER INTERFACE
13
Date Changed
LSU INTERFACE , MODEM INTERFACE , COVER OPEN SENSOR
12
Changed by
CCD INTERFACE , CCD LAMP PWM CONTROLLER
6
11
CLK , RESET , BATTERY CHARGER
USB 2.0 DEVICE CONTROLLER
8
10
USB HOST CONTROLLER
5
7
SDRAM , DIMM SOCKET
NOR FLASH MEMORY , DELAY BUFFER , SYSTEM EEPROM
4
EMBEDDED NIC , WLAN SOCKET
CHORUSm(2) , 1.3V REGULATOR , SRAM
6
CHORUSm(1) , JTAG , HYPER
2
5
3
4
Index
Function
3
1
Page
10.1 Schematic Main(1/15)
10. Schematic Diagrams
V0.3
REV
TITLE:
Drawing Number
8
INDEX
Sheet 1
GRENACHE MAIN
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
8
of
15
A3
Size
Service Manual
F
E
D
C
B
A
10-1
Schematic Diagram
10-2
F
E
D
C
DGND
Service Manual
1
3.3V
nINT_USB_DEVICE
nINT_WNIC
nINT_MODEM
nINT_USB_HOST
nRESET
nRST_PANEL
nRST_WNIC
RTC_XI
RTC_XO
VCLK_IN
MCLK
nDREQ_USB_DEVICE
nDREQ_WNIC
nADF_P_POS
nADF_P_REGI
nDACK_USB_DEVICE
nDACK_WNIC
nRST_MODEM
nRST_USB_HOST
nWAIT_WNIC
nADF_P_DET
nBLDC_MOTOR_DIR
nCS_USB_DEVICE
nCS_WNIC
nCS_MODEM
nCS_USB_HOST
nCS_BOOT
nCS_BOOT1
nRST_USB_DEVICE
nRST_NIC
R193
R188
R86
10K
0
10K
C76
2.2nF
C66
2.2nF
10K
R158
R177
R168
R268
R89
C174
C165
R175
R170
10K
R146
nRD
nWR
10K
R161
nTRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
10K
R159
B
10K
R85
10K
10K
10K
10K
15pF
15pF
SD(0:31)
SA(0:12)
DGND
2
TP_F3
TP_J24
F1
F2
J25
H25
F3
J24
TP_F2
TP_F1
TP_H25
TP_J25
TP_AA6
D9
E10
G1
AC5
AC6
AB6
AA6
AD6
TP_G1
A12
B12
C11
C10
D10
A10
A9
A13
B13
H3
J5
H5
G4
H2
H4
G2
G3
U4
U5
R1
R2
R3
R4
P3
P4
T5
T2
T3
U3
T4
R5
AD5
AF5
AE5
AE4
AD4
TP_D9
TP_AC5
TP_E10
TP_B13
TP_A13
TP_A9
TP_A10
TP_D10
TP_C10
TP_C11
TP_T4
TP_R5
TP_A12
TP_G3
TP_G2
TP_H4
TP_H2
TP_G4
TP_H5
TP_J5
TP_H3
TP_U5
TP_U4
TP_P4
TP_P3
TP_R4
TP_R3
TP_R2
TP_R1
TP_U3
TP_T3
TP_T2
TP_T5
22
22
TP_AE4
TP_AD4
TP_AE5
TP_AF5
TP_AD5
SD_R(0:31)
DGND
EINT0
EINT1
EINT2_GPI_19
EINT3_GPI_20
EINT4_GPI_21
EINT5_GPI_22
RA19
22
TP_AD1
TP_AD2
RA18
22
TP_AD3
TP_AC1
TP_AC2
TP_AC3
TP_AC4
RA17
22
TP_AB1
TP_AB2
TP_AB3
TP_AB4
RA16
22
TP_AB5
TP_AA1
TP_AA2
3
TP_AA3
RA15
22
TP_AA4
TP_AA5
TP_Y1
TP_Y4
TP_Y5
TP_W1
TP_W2
TP_W3
TP_W4
4
CHORUSm
TP_U2
D(0)
D(1)
D(2)
D(3)
D(4)
D(5)
D(6)
D(7)
D(8)
D(9)
D(10)
D(11)
D(12)
D(13)
D(14)
D(15)
D(16)
D(17)
D(18)
D(19)
D(20)
D(21)
D(22)
D(23)
D(24)
D(25)
D(26)
D(27)
D(28)
D(29)
D(30)
D(31)
22
U14-1
5
nWE
BA0
BA1
TP_P1
TP_P2
RA10
22
TP_N1
TP_N2
TP_N3
TP_N4
TP_N5
RA8
22
TP_M1
TP_M2
TP_M3
RA9
22
TP_M4
TP_L2
TP_L3
TP_L4
RA6
22
TP_L5
TP_K1
TP_K2
TP_K3
RA7
22
TP_K4
TP_J1
TP_J2
TP_J3
TP_J4
A(1)
A(2)
A(3)
A(4)
A(5)
A(6)
A(7)
A(8)
A(9)
A(10)
A(11)
A(12)
A(13)
A(14)
A(15)
A(16)
A(17)
A(18)
A(19)
A(20)
A(21)
A(22)
A(23)
5
DQM0
DQM1
DQM2
DQM3
Changed by
PD(0)
PD(1)
PD(2)
PD(3)
PD(4)
PD(5)
PD(6)
PD(7)
TP_B15
TP_E16
TP_D16
TP_C16
TP_B16
TP_A16
TP_D17
TP_C17
Date Changed
6
NF_CLE_GPIO2_0
NF_ALE_GPIO2_1
NF_nCE_GPIO2_2
NF_nRE_GPIO2_3
NF_nWE_GPIO2_4
NF_BOOT
NF_RnB_GPIO2_5
SCL
SDA
TXD0
TXD1
TXD2
TXD3_GPO_17
TXD4_GPO_18
RXD0
RXD1
RXD2
RXD3_GPI_7
RXD4_GPI_8
MDC_GPO_19
MDIO_GPIO1_31
COL_GPI_9
TX_CLK_GPI_10
MAC_TXD0_GPO_20
MAC_TXD1_GPO_21
MAC_TXD2_GPO_22
MAC_TXD3_GPO_23
TX_EN_GPO_24
TX_ERR_GPO_25
RX_ERR_GPI_11
CRS_GPI_12
RX_CLK_GPI_13
MAC_RXD0_GPI_14
MAC_RXD1_GPI_15
MAC_RXD2_GPI_16
MAC_RXD3_GPI_17
RX_DV_GPI_18
nACK
PDE
nFAULT
SLCT_OUT
PERROR
BUSY
TP_AF23
TP_AE23
TP_AD23
TP_AC22
TP_AF24
TP_AF25
TP_AC23
TP_AE24
TP_AF4
TP_AE2
TP_AE3
TP_AF1
TP_AF2
TP_AE1
TP_AF3
TP_AA21
TP_AD22
TP_AF26
TP_AD24
TP_E12
TP_B9
TP_C9
TP_AE26
TP_AE25
TP_D12
TP_C12
TP_E13
TP_C1
TP_D4
TP_C3
TP_E5
TP_F6
TP_G6
TP_E4
TP_C2
TP_G5
TP_F5
TP_E3
TP_E2
TP_D2
TP_D1
TP_F4
TP_E1
TP_D3
TP_B1
TP_A18
TP_C15
TP_E15
TP_D15
TP_A17
TP_C14
RA28
68
AC23
AE24
AF25
AF24
AC22
AD23
AE23
AF23
AF1
AF2
AF3
AE1
AE2
AE3
AF4
AA21
AD22
E13
C12
D12
AE25
AE26
C9
B9
E12
AD24
AF26
B1
D3
E1
F4
D1
D2
E2
E3
F5
G5
C2
E4
G6
F6
E5
C3
D4
C1
C14
A17
D15
E15
C15
A18
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
DGND
TP_A14
TP_D14
TP_E14
TP_B14
6
GPIO_A0_TX_EN3_TESTOUT8_GPIO_6
GPIO_A1_TX_EN4_TESTOUT9_GPIO_7
GPIO_A2_TX_C_TESTOUT10_GPIO_8
GPIO_A3_TX_D_TESTOUT11_GPIO_9
GPIO_A4_nTX_C_TESTOUT12_GPIO_10
GPIO_A5_nTX_D_TESTOUT13_GPIO_11
GPIO_A6_SAM_HOLD0_TESTOUT14_GPIO_12
GPIO_A7_SAM_HOLD1_TESTOUT15_GPIO_13
hkjung2
B15
E16
D16
C16
B16
A16
D17
C17
PPD0_TESTOUT0
PPD1_TESTOUT1
PPD2__TESTOUT2
PPD3_TESTOUT3
PPD4_TESTOUT4
PPD5_TESTOUT5
PPD6_TESTOUT6
PPD7_TESTOUT7
A14
D14
E14
B14
nSELECTIN
nAUTOFD
nINIT
nSTROBE
4
Time Changed
10:22:26 am
nSD_SCS2
nSD_SCS1
nSD_SCS0
SD_CKE
LED_WNIC_LINK
LED_WNIC_ACTIVE
DGND
R189
10K
7
QA CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
REV
V0.3
TITLE:
DEBUG_RXD
10K
R313
DEBUG_TXD
10K
10K
R311
R312
3.3V
10K
10K
R292
R293
10K
R202
10K
R198
10K
R199
10K
R194
8
2
of
15
A3
Size
F
E
D
C
B
A
Samsung Electronics
4
3
2
1
CN10-1
35303-0450
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NOT USED
CN21-1
35303-0850
Sheet
Address
City
3.3V
DGND
3.3V
CPU 1/2
5.1K
8
COMPANY NAME
DGND
3.3V
R204
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
3.3V
3.3V
Drawing Number
DGND
10K
R83
MFG ENGR CHK
R&D CHK
Engineer
DGND
Drawn by
FLAT_MOT_PLS
nFLAT_MOT_EN
nFLAT_MOT_SLEEP
FLAT_MOT_DIR
nFLAT_MOT_MS1
nFLAT_MOT_MS2
nSPL_HOLD1
nSPL_HOLD2
SMD TEST MODE0
SMD TEST MODE1
nDPX_MOTOR_DIR
SCL
SDA
DEBUG_RXD
PANEL_RXD
SCF_RXD
nSCF_RDY
DEBUG_TXD
PANEL_TXD
SCF_TXD
SCF_CLK
MAC_MDC
MAC_MDIO
MAC_COL
MAC_TX_CLK
MAC_TXD0
MAC_TXD1
MAC_TXD2
MAC_TXD3
MAC_TX_EN
LED_CON
MAC_RX_ERR
MAC_CRS
MAC_RX_CLK
MAC_RXD0
MAC_RXD1
MAC_RXD2
MAC_RXD3
MAC_RX_DV
TDO
nTRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
nRESET
5.1K
R96
PD(0:7)
nSELECTIN
nAUTOFD
nINIT
nSTROBE
nACK
PDE
nFAULT
SLCT_OUT
PERROR
BUSY
100nF
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
nRESET
nRSTOUT_GPO_0
CLKOUT_GPO_1
TESTMODE
OM0
OM1
OM2
OM3
XI_MAIN
XOUT_MAIN
MAIN_FILTER
XI_VCLK
XOUT_VCLK
VCLK_FILTER
PCIPLL_CLK
RTC_XI
RTC_XOUT
nDREQ0_nDREQ0_CIP4E_GPI_2
nDREQ1_nDREQ1_CIP4E_GPI_3
nDREQ2_nDREQ2_CIP4E_GPI_4
nDREQ3_nDREQ3_CIP4E_GPI_5
nDACK0_nDACK0_CIP4E_GPO_7
nDACK1_nDACK1_CIP4E_GPO_8
nDACK2_nDACK2_CIP4E_GPO_9
nDACK3_GPO_10
nWAIT0_GPI_0
nWAIT1_GPI_1
nIOCS0
nIOCS1
nIOCS2
nIOCS3_GPO_4
nIOCS4_nIOCS4_CIP4E_GPO_5
nIOCS5_GPO_6
nROMCS0
nROMCS1
nROMCS2_GPO_2
nROMCS3_GPO_3
nRD
nWR
nTRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
SD_R(12)
3.3V
SD_R(5)
SD_R(12)
SD_R(13)
SD_R(6)
A
SD_R(6)
SD_R(9)
SD_R(14)
SD_R(7)
SD_R(14)
SD_R(17)
SD_R(18)
RA14 TP_Y2
22 TP_Y3
RA13
22
RA12 TP_W5
22 TP997
TP_V3
TP_V4
TP_U1
RA11
3
SD_R(7)
SD_R(5)
SD_R(10)
SD_R(11)
SD_R(15)
SD_R(15)
AD1
AD2
AD3
AC1
AC2
AC3
AC4
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AA1
AA2
AA3
AA4
AA5
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
V2
V3
V4
U1
U2
DATA0_NFCON_IO_0
DATA1_NFCON_IO_1
DATA2_NFCON_IO_2
DATA3_NFCON_IO_3
DATA4_NFCON_IO_4
DATA5_NFCON_IO_5
DATA6_NFCON_IO_6
DATA7_NFCON_IO_7
DATA8_NFCON_IO_8
DATA9_NFCON_IO_9
DATA10_NFCON_IO_10
DATA11_NFCON_IO_11
DATA12_NFCON_IO_12
DATA13_NFCON_IO_13
DATA14_NFCON_IO_14
DATA15_NFCON_IO_15
DATA16
DATA17
DATA18
DATA19
DATA20
DATA21
DATA22
DATA23
DATA24
DATA25
DATA26
DATA27
DATA28
DATA29
DATA30
DATA31
P1
P2
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
M1
M2
M3
M4
L2
L3
L4
L5
K1
K2
K3
K4
J1
J2
J3
J4
ADDR1
ADDR2
ADDR3
ADDR4
ADDR5
ADDR6
ADDR7
ADDR8
ADDR9
ADDR10
ADDR11
ADDR12
ADDR13
ADDR14
ADDR15
ADDR16
ADDR17
ADDR18
ADDR19
ADDR20_CfgAdvFlash
ADDR21_CfgBusWidth
ADDR22_CfgAddCycle
ADDR23_CfgPageSize
nRAS
nCAS
SDCLK0
SDCLK1
SDCLK2
SDCLK3_GPO_11
SDCLK4_GPO_12
D(0:31)
SD_R(2)
SD_R(3)
SD_R(4)
SD_R(8)
SD_R(2)
SD_R(13)
SD_R(10)
SD_R(3)
SD_R(11)
SD_R(16)
SD_R(16)
SD_R(24)
SD_R(17)
SD_R(22)
SD_R(23)
SD_R(24)
SD_R(26)
SD_R(27)
SD_R(28)
SD_R(30)
SD0
SD1
SD2
SD3
SD4
SD5
SD6
SD7
SD8
SD9
SD10
SD11
SD12
SD13
SD14
SD15
SD16
SD17
SD18
SD19
SD20
SD21
SD22
SD23
SD24
SD25
SD26
SD27
SD28
SD29
SD30
SD31
SA0
SA1
SA2
SA3
SA4
SA5
SA6
SA7
SA8
SA9
SA10
SA11
SA12
2
SD_R(1)
SD_R(1)
SD_R(9)
SD_R(4)
RA22
39
TP_AE11
SD_R(19)
SD_R(20)
SD_R(21)
SD_R(21)
SD_R(29)
SD_R(18)
SD_R(25)
SD_R(19)
SD_R(27)
SD_R(22)
SD_R(29)
SD_R(30)
SD_R(23)
TP_AC19
TP_AE20
TP_AD21
TP_AF21
0
TP_AF16
1
SD_R(0)
SD_R(0)
SD_R(8)
RA23
39
TP_AD7
TP_AB7
TP_AE8
TP_AC8
TP_AE9
RA29
39
TP_AC10
TP_AD11
SD_R(25)
SD_R(20)
SD_R(28)
RA30
39
SD_R(26)
RA32
39
TP_AD13
TP_AB13
AE6
AE7
AD7
AC7
AB7
AA7
AF8
AE8
AD8
AC8
AE9
AD9
AC9
AB9
AE10
AD10
AC10
AE11
AD11
AC11
AB11
AF12
AE12
AD12
AC12
AE13
AD13
AC13
AB13
AE14
AD14
AC14
SD_R(31)
SD_R(31)
RA20
39
TP_AD19
RA25
39
TP_AB19
TP_AF20
RA26
39
TP_AD20
TP_AC20
TP_AB20
TP_AE21
TP_AC21
TP_AB21
AC17
TP_AC17
TP_AB17
TP_AD15
TP_AD16
TP_AC16
TP_AF11
TP_AF14
TP_AF17
22pF
C210
TP_AE15
TP_AE16
CKE
nSCS0
nSCS1
nSCS2
nSCS3_GPO_13
nSCS4_GPO_14
SDCLK_FBK
A(1:23)
TP_AE6
TP_AE7
TP_AC7
TP_AA7
TP_AF8
TP_AD8
RA24
39
TP_AD9
TP_AC9
TP_AB9
TP_AE10
TP_AD10
RA31
39
TP_AC11
TP_AB11
TP_AF12
TP_AE12
TP_AD12
TP_AC12
TP_AE13
TP_AC13
TP_AE14
TP_AD14
TP_AC14
TP_AE19
AE19
AD19
AC19
AB19
AF20
AE20
AD20
AC20
AB20
AE21
AD21
AC21
AB21
RA27
39
AB17
AC18
TP_AC18
AD15
AD16
AD17
AD18
TP_AD17
TP_AD18
AC15
AC16
TP_AC15
33
33
AF11
AF14
AF17
AF7
AF21
TP_AF7
22pF
C211
TP_AE17
TP_AE18
TP_AE22
Schematic Main(2/15)
10K
R163
C75
10nF
RA21
39
SD(0)
SD(8)
SD(1)
SD(9)
SD(4)
SD(12)
SD(5)
SD(13)
SD(2)
SD(10)
SD(3)
SD(11)
SD(6)
SD(14)
SD(7)
SD(15)
SD(16)
SD(24)
SD(17)
SD(25)
SD(20)
SD(28)
SD(21)
SD(29)
SD(18)
SD(26)
SD(19)
SD(27)
SD(22)
SD(30)
SD(23)
SD(31)
SA(0)
SA(1)
SA(2)
SA(3)
SA(4)
SA(5)
SA(6)
SA(7)
SA(8)
SA(9)
SA(10)
SA(11)
SA(12)
nSD_WE
BA0
BA1
DQM0
DQM1
DQM2
DQM3
R200
R201
nSD_RAS
nSD_CAS
SDCLK0
SDCLK1
SDCLK2
R183
AB15
AF16
AE15
AE16
AE17
AE18
AE22
TP_AB15
22pF
C212
C328
100nF
C101
100nF
C163
100nF
C170
100nF
C176
100nF
100nF
C164
100nF
C171
100nF
C150
1
nPAPER_EMPTY_SENSOR
nPAPER_EXIT_SENSOR
nPAPER_REGI_SENSOR
nCOVER_OPEN
DEV_DIO
DEV_CLK
SCANNER_BW_CONTROL
nFLAT_COVER_OPEN
nSCANNER_HOME
nADF_MODULE_DETECT
nDET_WNIC
FLAT_MOTOR_CURRENT
nTHV_EN
MPF_CLUTCH
nDUPLEX_MOTOR_EN
nDUPLEX_MOTOR_SLEEP
FAN_DUPLEX
nFUSER_COVER_OPEN
nMPF_PAPER_EMPTY_SENSOR
nPAPER_FEED_SENSOR
nDUPLEX_JAM_SENSOR1
nDUPLEX_JAM_SENSOR2
FAN_MAIN
nFUSER_EN
nLD_EN
nLSU_MOTOR_EN
PICKUP_CLUTCH
REGI_CLUTCH
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
100nF
C177
nHSYNC_PLUS
nHSYNC_MINUS
2
100nF
C152
100nF
C154
100nF
C153
100nF
C162
TP_H24
TP_H23
TP_G25
TP_G24
TP_G23
TP_G22
TP_G21
TP_F26
TP_F25
TP_F24
TP_F23
TP_F22
TP_E26
TP_D26
TP_E25
TP_E24
TP_E23
TP_E22
TP_D25
TP_C26
TP_B26
TP_C25
TP_D24
TP_A26
TP_C18
TP_C23
TP_C20
TP_D23
TP_E18
TP_B22
TP_A22
TP_B21
A1
A11
A24
B17
E20
G26
H1
K10
K11
K12
B6
B10
D11
B23
F20
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
G21
G22
G23
G24
G25
H23
H24
A26
D24
C25
B26
C26
D25
E22
E23
E24
E25
D26
E26
3.3V
GND_1
GND_2
GND_3
GND_4
GND_5
GND_6
GND_7
GND_8
GND_9
GND_10
GND_A
GND_PLL_1
GND_PLL_2
GND_RING_1
GND_RING_2
PD2_MOD0_CLK_LINE_GPIO1_19
PD2_MOD1_CLK_PIX_IWIN_GPIO1_20
PD2_MOD2_OUT_CLK_LINE_GPIO1_21
PD2_MOD3_OUT_CLK_PIX_GPIO1_22
PD2_MOD4_OUT_IWIN_GPIO1_23
PD2_MOD5_OUT_BIN_GPIO1_24
PD2_MOD6_AFE_D10_GPIO1_25
PD2_MOD7_AFE_D10_GPIO1_26
PD2_MOD8_AFE_D12_GPIO1_27
PD2_MOD9_AFE_D13_GPIO1_28
PD2_MOD10_AFE_D14_GPIO1_29
PD2_MOD11_AFE_D15_GPIO1_30
PD1_MOD0_GPIO1_7
PD1_MOD1_GPIO1_8
PD1_MOD2_GPIO1_9
PD1_MOD3_GPIO1_10
PD1_MOD4_GPIO1_11
PD1_MOD5_GPIO1_12
PD1_MOD6_GPIO1_13
PD1_MOD7_GPIO1_14
PD1_MOD8_GPIO1_15
PD1_MOD9_GPIO1_16
PD1_MOD10_GPIO1_17
PD1_MOD11_GPIO1_18
VDO1_GPO_15
VDO2_GPO_16
nHSYNC1_GPIO1_0
nHSYNC2_GPIO1_1
nFSYNC_GPI_6
LSUCLK_cCLK
nPRINT_nCMSG
nLREADY_nEMSG
VDO1_Plus
VDO1_Minus
VDO2_Plus
VDO2_Minus
PHIALVDS
nHSYNC1_Plus
nHSYNC1_Minus
nHSYNC2_Plus
nHSYNC2_Minus
LSYNC1_MOD_GPIO1_2
LSYNC2_MOD_GPIO1_3
VDO_OUT1_MOD_GPIO1_4
VDO_OUT2_MOD_GPIO1_5
VLCK_MOD_GPIO1_6
100nF
C155
TP_B0
100nF
100nF
C173
100nF
C149
100nF
C148
3.3V
R140
U14-2
10K
Without DUPLEX
nDUPLEX_UNIT_DETECT
CHORUSm
5
With DUPLEX
R139
10K
DGND
3.3V
4
5
Changed by
hkjung2
6
Vb
6
AFE_D0
AFE_D1
AFE_D2
AFE_D3
AFE_D4
AFE_D5
AFE_D6
AFE_D7
AFE_D8
AFE_D9
SRAM_A0
SRAM_A1
SRAM_A2
SRAM_A3
SRAM_A4
SRAM_A5
SRAM_A6
SRAM_A7
SRAM_A8
SRAM_A9
SRAM_A10
SRAM_A11
SRAM_A12
SRAM_A13
SRAM_A14
SRAM_A15
SRAM_D0_GPIO_0
SRAM_D1_GPIO_1
SRAM_D2_GPIO_2
SRAM_D3_GPIO_3
SRAM_D4_GPIO_4
SRAM_D5_GPIO_5
SRAM_D6_GPIO_6
SRAM_D7_GPIO_7
SRAM_D8_GPIO_8
SRAM_D9_GPIO_9
SRAM_D10_GPIO_10
SRAM_D11_GPIO_11
SRAM_D12_GPIO_12
SRAM_D13_GPIO_13
SRAM_D14_GPIO_14
SRAM_D15_GPIO_15
SRAM_nWR
PItg1
PI1
PI2
PIrs
PIcp
ADC_CLK
CDS2_CLK
LEVEL_SHIFT_GPIO_17
Plsh_GPIO_18
Pltg3_GPIO_19
BLED_GPIO_20
GLED_GPIO_21
RLED_GPIO_22
Pltg2_GPIO_23
TX_EN1
TX_EN2
TX_A
TX_B
nTX_B
nTX_A
MOTOR_POL
D31
RB420D T147
Date Changed
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
10:23:25 am
Time Changed
3.3V
J23 TP_J23
AFE_D(0)
J22 TP_J22
AFE_D(1)
K26 TP_K26
AFE_D(2)
K25 TP_K25
AFE_D(3)
K24 TP_K24
AFE_D(4)
K23 TP_K23
AFE_D(5)
L25 TP_L25
AFE_D(6)
L24 TP_L24
AFE_D(7)
L23 TP_L23
AFE_D(8)
L22 TP_L22
AFE_D(9)
AB22
TP_AB22
AD26
TP_AD26
AD25
TP_AD25
AC26
TP_AC26
AC25
TP_AC25
AC24
TP_AC24
AB25
TP_AB25
AB24
TP_AB24
AB23
TP_AB23
AA22
TP_AA22
AA23
TP_AA23
AA24
TP_AA24
AA25
TP_AA25
Y21
TP_Y21
Y22
TP_Y22
Y23
TP_Y23
SRAM_A(15)
Y24
TP_Y24
SRAM_D(0)
Y25
TP_Y25
SRAM_D(1)
W23
TP_W23
SRAM_D(2)
W24
TP_W24
SRAM_D(3)
W25
TP_W25
SRAM_D(4)
V22
TP_V22
SRAM_D(5)
V23
TP_V23
SRAM_D(6)
V24
TP_V24
SRAM_D(7)
V25
TP_V25
SRAM_D(8)
U22
TP_U22
SRAM_D(9)
U23
TP_U23
SRAM_D(10)
U24
TP_U24
SRAM_D(11)
U25
TP_U25
SRAM_D(12)
U26
TP_U26
SRAM_D(13)
T23
TP_T23
SRAM_D(14)
T24
TP_T24
SRAM_D(15)
T25
TP_T25
P25
TP_P25
AA26
TP_AA26
W26
TP_W26
T26
TP_T26
P26
TP_P26
L26
TP_L26
H26
TP_H26
R22
TP_R22
R23
TP_R23
R24
TP_R24
R25
TP_R25
P22
TP_P22
P23
TP_P23
P24
TP_P24
N24
TP_N24
N23
TP_N23
N25
TP_N25
M22
TP_M22
M23
TP_M23
M24
TP_M24
M25
TP_M25
7
MFG ENGR CHK
7
QA CHK
1
2
3
4
5
18
19
20
21
24
25
26
27
42
43
44
11
12
34
33
VSS2
VCC2
TITLE:
V0.3
REV
22
23
28
7
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
29
30
31
32
35
36
37
38
VCC1
VSS1
NC1
NC2
NC3
I_01
I_02
I_O3
I_O4
I_O5
I_O6
I_O7
I_O8
I_O9
I_O10
I_O11
I_O12
I_O13
I_O14
I_O15
I_O16
R314
R315
K6R1016V1D-UC10
_CS
_WE
_LB
_UB
_OE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
U15
AFE_D(8)
AFE_D(9)
AFE_D(0:7)
C201
100nF
3.3V
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
SRAM_D(0)
SRAM_D(1)
SRAM_D(2)
SRAM_D(3)
SRAM_D(4)
SRAM_D(5)
SRAM_D(6)
SRAM_D(7)
SRAM_D(8)
SRAM_D(9)
SRAM_D(10)
SRAM_D(11)
SRAM_D(12)
SRAM_D(13)
SRAM_D(14)
SRAM_D(15)
10K
10K
8
Drawing Number
8
3
of
15
A3
Size
C168
100nF
F
E
D
Service Manual
Sheet
3.3V
C
B
A
10-3
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
CPU 2/2
SCANNER_PI_TG1
SCANNER_PI1
SCANNER_PI2
SCANNER_PI_RS
SCANNER_PI_CP
AFE_ADC_CLK
AFE_CDS2_CLK
SCANNER_DPI_CONTROL
SCANNER_PI_SH
AFE_SDATA
nADF_MOTOR_EN
ADF_REGI_CLUTCH
ADF_PICKUP_CLUTCH
AFE_SCLK
ADF_MOTOR_PHA
ADF_MOTOR_PHB
ADF_MOTOR_A
ADF_MOTOR_B
ADF_MOTOR_NB
ADF_MOTOR_NA
6
17
39
40
41
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
SRAM_A(15)
SRAM_D(0:15)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
3
100nF
C126
10K
100nF
C161
100nF
C140
10K
THV_READ
TP919
100nF
R323
FUSER_THERM1
TP_B4
100nF
C129
TP_A20
nDUPLEX_UNIT_DETECT
TP_C4
C188
TP_A21
TP_D6
100nF
TP_D19
TP_B3
C128
TP_B19
TP_D7
100nF
TP_B18
TP_F7
C185
TP_A19
TP_E7
100nF
TP_D20
TP_A7
C187
nLSU_READY
VDO1_PLUS
VDO1_MINUS
VDO2_PLUS
VDO2_MINUS
TP_B7
100nF
C127
TP_D18
TP_C7
100nF
C193
TP_C24
TP_C8
100nF
C184
nBLDC_MOTOR_EN
nBLDC_MOTOR_READY
LSU_MOTOR_CLK
TP_D8
100nF
C200
A25
B24
C22
D22
D18
C24
D20
B18
A19
B19
A20
B20
D19
A21
B21
A22
B22
E18
D23
C20
C23
C18
100nF
C179
TP_D22
100nF
C145
TP_C22
100nF
C175
TP_B24
100nF
C198
TP_A25
100nF
C203
AFE_SLOAD
100nF
C192
B
TP_E8
C172
DGND
100nF
C197
DGND
DGND
100nF
C204
R309
C130
100uF
16V
100nF
3.3V
TP_E9
SCX-5525DN : USED
SCX-5330N : USED SCX-5530FN : USED
100nF
C191
C205
3.3V
TP_B8
1.3V
100nF
C182
C178
DGND
4
100nF
C186
A
LD_POWER1
TP_A6
3
100nF
C157
2
100nF
C199
1
100nF
C352
1.3V
100nF
C353
Schematic Main(3/15)
100nF
C354
3.3K
R106
EXIT_MOTOR_PHA
nEXIT_MOTOR_CON
EXIT_MOTOR_PHB
nEXIT_MOTOR_EN
PWM_MHV
PWM_THV
PWM_DEV_DC
PWM_CCD_LAMP
nRETARD_CLUTCH
PWM_DUPLEX_MOTOR
BD_OE
PWM_MOTOR
KEYCLICK
TP_A2
A5
B5
A4
C5
B4
A3
D5
C4
A6
D6
B3
D7
F7
E7
A7
B7
C7
C8
D8
E8
E9
B8
A2
AIN0
AIN1
AIN2
AIN3
AIN4
AIN5
AIN6
AIN7
DAC1_OUT
DAC2_OUT
MOT_A_nCBSY
MOT_nA_nEBSY
MOT_B_nEPRDY
MOT_nB_GPO_26
PWM_OUT0
PWM_OUT1
PWM_OUT2
PWM_OUT3
PWM_OUT4_GPO_27
PWM_OUT5_GPO_28
PWM_OUT6_GPO_29
PWM_OUT7_GPO_30
TONE_OUT_GPO_31
A8
B2
D13
E6
F21
H22
J26
M5
N22
W22
Y6
AB10
AB14
AB18
1.2VDD_1
1.2VDD_2
1.2VDD_3
1.2VDD_4
1.2VDD_5
1.2VDD_6
1.2VDD_7
1.2VDD_8
1.2VDD_9
1.2VDD_10
1.2VDD_11
1.2VDD_12
1.2VDD_13
1.2VDD_14
B11
E11
A23
E21
1.2VDD_PLL_1
1.2VDD_PLL_2
1.2VDD_RING_1
1.2VDD_RING_2
A15
B25
E17
K5
K22
L1
M26
P5
T22
V1
V5
Y26
AA20
AB8
AB12
AB16
AF9
AF19
3.3VDD_1
3.3VDD_2
3.3VDD_3
3.3VDD_4
3.3VDD_5
3.3VDD_6
3.3VDD_7
3.3VDD_8
3.3VDD_9
3.3VDD_10
3.3VDD_11
3.3VDD_12
3.3VDD_13
3.3VDD_14
3.3VDD_15
3.3VDD_16
3.3VDD_17
3.3VDD_18
TP_C13
C6
C13
A3.3_VDD
RTC3.0_VDD
C19
C21
D21
E19
LVDS3.3_VDD1
LVDS3.3_VDD2
LVDS3.3_VDD3
LVDS3.3_VDD4
GND_11
GND_12
GND_13
GND_14
GND_15
GND_16
GND_17
GND_18
GND_19
GND_20
GND_21
GND_22
GND_23
GND_24
GND_25
GND_26
GND_27
GND_28
GND_29
GND_30
GND_31
GND_32
GND_33
GND_34
GND_35
GND_36
GND_37
GND_38
GND_39
GND_40
GND_41
GND_42
GND_43
GND_44
GND_45
GND_46
GND_47
GND_48
GND_49
GND_50
GND_51
GND_52
GND_53
GND_54
GND_55
GND_56
GND_57
GND_58
GND_59
GND_60
GND_61
GND_62
GND_63
GND_64
GND_65
GND_66
GND_67
GND_68
GND_69
GND_70
GND_71
GND_72
GND_73
GND_74
GND_75
GND_76
GND_77
GND_78
GND_79
GND_80
GND_81
GND_82
K13
K14
K15
K16
K17
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
L17
M10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
N10
N11
N12
N13
N14
N15
N16
N17
N26
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
R17
R26
T1
T10
T11
T12
T13
T14
T15
T16
T17
U10
U11
U12
U13
U14
U15
U16
U17
V26
AB26
AF6
AF10
AF13
AF15
AF18
AF22
10K
R169
10-4
F
E
D
C
B
3.3V
C395
100nF
C396
100nF
DGND
LED1
QSME-C196
Service Manual
1
POWER ON INDICATOR
3.3V
C397
100nF
DGND
2
DGND
15pF
SA(0:12)
15pF
C381
C382
SD_DQM2
SD_CKE
nSD_WE
nSD_SCS1
SD_CLK1
BA1
SD_DQM0
SD(0:31)
C398
100nF
SDCLK0
15pF
C380
39
R190
SA(12)
SA(0)
SA(2)
SA(4)
SA(6)
SA(8)
SA(10)
DGND
3.3V
71251-100
CN22-1
C399
100nF
DQM3
DQM2
DQM1
DQM0
Vb
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
68
68
68
68
R208
R209
R210
R211
SD(28)
SD(29)
SD(30)
SD(31)
SD(24)
SD(25)
SD(26)
SD(27)
SD(12)
SD(13)
SD(14)
SD(15)
SD(8)
SD(9)
SD(10)
SD(11)
DGND
SA(1)
SA(3)
SA(5)
SA(7)
SA(9)
3
4
SD_DQM3
SD_DQM2
SD_DQM1
SD_DQM0
SD_DQM3
nSD_SCS2
SD_CKE
SD_CLK2
nSD_CAS
nSD_RAS
BA0
SD_DQM1
C228
C225
C226
C232
C224
C223
C231
C227
C222
100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
51
52
53
54
55
56
OPTION MEMORY I/F
1
2
3
4
5
6
3.3V
SD_CLK0
SD_CLK1
SD_CLK2
4
5
5
hkjung2
Changed by
SD_CLK0
SD_CKE
nSD_SCS0
nSD_WE
SD_DQM2
SD_DQM3
BA0
BA1
nSD_RAS
nSD_CAS
SD_CLK0
SD_CKE
nSD_SCS0
nSD_WE
SD_DQM0
SD_DQM1
BA0
BA1
nSD_RAS
nSD_CAS
SA(0:12)
SD(0:31)
6
R219
R218
SA(12)
SA(11)
SA(10)
SA(9)
SA(8)
SA(7)
SA(6)
SA(5)
SA(4)
SA(3)
SA(2)
SA(1)
SA(0)
NC
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
U19
NC
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
U20
VSS1
VSS2
VSS3
VSSQ1
VSSQ2
VSSQ3
VSSQ4
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VDDQ1
VDDQ2
VDDQ3
VDDQ4
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
K4S561632E-UL75
38
CLK
37
CKE
19
*CS
16
*WE
15
LDQM
39
UDQM
20
BA0
21
BA1
18
*RAS
17
*CAS
40
36
35
22
34
33
32
31
30
29
26
25
24
23
VSS1
VSS2
VSS3
VSSQ1
VSSQ2
VSSQ3
VSSQ4
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VDDQ1
VDDQ2
VDDQ3
VDDQ4
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
DQ9
DQ8
DQ7
DQ6
DQ5
DQ4
DQ3
DQ2
DQ1
DQ0
K4S561632E-UL75
38
CLK
37
CKE
19
*CS
16
*WE
15
LDQM
39
UDQM
20
BA0
21
BA1
18
*RAS
17
*CAS
40
36
35
22
34
33
32
31
30
29
26
25
24
23
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
39
39
SA(12)
SA(11)
SA(10)
SA(9)
SA(8)
SA(7)
SA(6)
SA(5)
SA(4)
SA(3)
SA(2)
SA(1)
SA(0)
6
Time Changed
SD(31)
SD(30)
SD(29)
SD(28)
SD(27)
SD(26)
SD(25)
SD(24)
SD(23)
SD(22)
SD(21)
SD(20)
SD(19)
SD(18)
SD(17)
SD(16)
SD(15)
SD(14)
SD(13)
SD(12)
SD(11)
SD(10)
SD(9)
SD(8)
SD(7)
SD(6)
SD(5)
SD(4)
SD(3)
SD(2)
SD(1)
SD(0)
10:24:11 am
28
41
54
6
12
46
52
1
14
27
3
9
43
49
53
51
50
48
47
45
44
42
13
11
10
8
7
5
4
2
28
41
54
6
12
46
52
1
14
27
3
9
43
49
53
51
50
48
47
45
44
42
13
11
10
8
7
5
4
2
7
Engineer
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
SD(20)
SD(21)
SD(22)
SD(23)
SD(16)
SD(17)
SD(18)
SD(19)
SD(4)
SD(5)
SD(6)
SD(7)
SD(0)
SD(1)
SD(2)
SD(3)
39
39
NOT USED
R192
22pF
C215
R191
22pF
C216
SDCLK1
22pF
C213
SDCLK2
22pF
C214
A
3
Vb
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
8
Drawing Number
8
4
of
15
F
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
SDRAM / DIMM SOCKET
REV
V0.3
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
MFP ONLY
DGND
TITLE:
DGND
Vb
100nF
C248
2
C255
100nF
C261
100nF
C252
100nF
C234
100nF
C245
100nF
C233
100nF
100nF
C257
100nF
C258
1
330
R229
100nF
C247
100nF
C253
100nF
C244
Schematic Main(4/15)
330
R226
100nF
C260
100nF
C256
1
BD_OE
nRD
D(0:31)
BD(0:31)
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
SDA
SCL
2
GND5
GND6
GND7
GND8
4
GND1
10 GND2
15 GND3
21
GND4
7
18
31
42
VCC1
VCC2
VCC3
VCC4
GND5
GND6
GND7
GND8
1DIR
2DIR
1OE*
2OE*
4
GND1
10 GND2
15 GND3
21
GND4
3.3V
DGND
M24C32W
DGND
DGND
3.3V
3.3V
BD(24)
BD(25)
BD(26)
BD(27)
BD(28)
BD(29)
BD(30)
BD(31)
BD(16)
BD(17)
BD(18)
BD(19)
BD(20)
BD(21)
BD(22)
BD(23)
3.3V
BD(8)
BD(9)
BD(10)
BD(11)
BD(12)
BD(13)
BD(14)
BD(15)
BD(0)
BD(1)
BD(2)
BD(3)
BD(4)
BD(5)
BD(6)
BD(7)
DGND
3
3
3.3V
4
nF_RESET
16MByte USED
nCS_BOOT1
nRD
nWR
nCS_BOOT
A(2:23)
BD(0:31)
nCS_BOOT
4
2
1
3
5
1
4
C267
100nF
5
DGND
U23
TC7S08FU
TP1043
DGND
5
Changed by
hkjung2
8MByte USED
3.3V
3.3V
6
16
14
34
13
32
31
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
54
19
18
11
12
15
2
16
14
34
13
32
31
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
54
19
18
11
12
15
2
MX29LV128MT
nWP_ACC
nRESET
nOE
nWE
nCE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
U27_HIGH
MX29LV128MT
nWP_ACC
nRESET
nOE
nWE
nCE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
U28_LOW
6
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
A(2)
A(3)
A(4)
A(5)
A(6)
A(7)
A(8)
A(9)
A(10)
A(11)
A(12)
A(13)
A(14)
A(15)
A(16)
A(17)
A(18)
A(19)
A(20)
A(21)
A(22)
A(23)
A(2)
A(3)
A(4)
A(5)
A(6)
A(7)
A(8)
A(9)
A(10)
A(11)
A(12)
A(13)
A(14)
A(15)
A(16)
A(17)
A(18)
A(19)
A(20)
A(21)
A(22)
A(23)
33
52
43
1
27
28
30
55
56
29
17
53
35
37
39
41
44
46
48
50
36
38
40
42
45
47
49
51
33
52
43
1
27
28
30
55
56
29
17
53
35
37
39
41
44
46
48
50
36
38
40
42
45
47
49
51
BD(16)
BD(17)
BD(18)
BD(19)
BD(20)
BD(21)
BD(22)
BD(23)
BD(24)
BD(25)
BD(26)
BD(27)
BD(28)
BD(29)
BD(30)
BD(31)
BD(0)
BD(1)
BD(2)
BD(3)
BD(4)
BD(5)
BD(6)
BD(7)
BD(8)
BD(9)
BD(10)
BD(11)
BD(12)
BD(13)
BD(14)
BD(15)
7
10:24:50 am
Time Changed
VSS_33
VSS_52
VCC
NC_1
NC_27
NC_28
NC_30
NC_55
NC_56
VIO
RY_nBY
nBYTE
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15_A1
VSS_33
VSS_52
VCC
NC_1
NC_27
NC_28
NC_30
NC_55
NC_56
VIO
RY_nBY
nBYTE
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15_A1
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
R250
R273
R248
R252
R275
R251
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
VSS 4
5 SDA
E1
2
1
E2 3
*WC
E0
U16
VCC
6 SCL
7
8
DGND 74LCX16245MTDX
1
24
48
25
28
34
39
45
13
14
16
17
19
20
22
23
2B1
2B2
2B3
2B4
2B5
2B6
2B7
2B8
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
2A5
2A6
2A7
2A8
36
35
33
32
30
29
27
26
D(24)
D(25)
D(26)
D(27)
D(28)
D(29)
D(30)
D(31)
2
3
5
6
8
9
11
12
1B1
1B2
1B3
1B4
1B5
1B6
1B7
1B8
47
46
44
43
41
40
38
37
D(16)
D(17)
D(18)
D(19)
D(20)
D(21)
D(22)
D(23)
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
1A5
1A6
1A7
1A8
U21
DGND 74LCX16245MTDX
28
34
39
45
7
18
31
42
VCC1
VCC2
VCC3
VCC4
1DIR
2DIR
1OE*
2OE*
1
24
48
25
13
14
16
17
19
20
22
23
2B1
2B2
2B3
2B4
2B5
2B6
2B7
2B8
2A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
2A5
2A6
2A7
2A8
36
35
33
32
30
29
27
26
D(8)
D(9)
D(10)
D(11)
D(12)
D(13)
D(14)
D(15)
2
3
5
6
8
9
11
12
1B1
1B2
1B3
1B4
1B5
1B6
1B7
1B8
U22
2
1A1
1A2
1A3
1A4
1A5
1A6
1A7
1A8
47
46
44
43
41
40
38
37
D(0)
D(1)
D(2)
D(3)
D(4)
D(5)
D(6)
D(7)
1K
C266
100nF
C269
100nF
C268
100nF
C265
100nF
0
R249
Schematic Main(5/15)
1K
100pF
C208
R185
100pF
C207
R184
100nF
C206
10K
R197
4.7K
R274
4.7K
R272
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
3.3V
8
3.3V
DGND
100nF
C284
GRENACHE MAIN
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
REV
V0.3
Drawing Number
8
5
of
15
F
Service Manual
Sheet
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
10-5
Schematic Diagram
SDRAM / DIMM SOCKET
TITLE:
MFP ONLY
DGND
100nF
C283
10-6
F
E
D
C
1
10K
R92
A(13)
A(15)
A(17)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
A(12)
A(14)
A(16)
D(20)
D(18)
D(16)
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
D(27)
D(25)
D(23)
D(21)
D(19)
D(17)
2
100nF
C374
3
74LCX14
U5-1
7
14
3.3V
1
C67
100nF
D(16:31)
LED_WNIC_ACTIVE
LED_WNIC_LINK
nRD
nWR
nCS_WNIC
nINT_WNIC
nDET_WNIC
MAC_COL
nRST_NIC
LED_CON
MAC_TX_EN
MAC_TX_CLK
MAC_TXD0
MAC_TXD1
MAC_TXD2
MAC_TXD3
MAC_CRS
MAC_MDC
MAC_MDIO
MAC_RX_CLK
MAC_RX_ERR
MAC_RX_DV
MAC_RXD0
MAC_RXD1
MAC_RXD2
MAC_RXD3
100nF
C375
DGND
C392
10uF
16V
DGND
R299
R305
4.7K
R306
51ohm
33
RA35
39
NOT USED
4
nRST_WNIC
DGND
RA36
39
R298
33
DGND
24
23
25
26
27
28
30
14
13
20
21
19
18
17
16
15
100nF
100nF
C370
R319
0
R320
0
3.3V
BCM5241KMLG
TXEN
TXC
TXD0
TXD1
TXD2
TXD3
CRS_STANDBY
MDC
MDIO
RXC
RXER
RXDY
RXD0_PHYAD0
RXD1_nANEN
RXD2_F100
RXD3_SOLATE
U32
100nF
C369
DGND
3.3V_ETH
1.8V
E0
E1
5
U10
M24C32W
DGND
E2
RD+
RD-
TD+
TD-
XTALI
XTALO
n_RESET
8
7
6
5
12
11
8
29
6
5
3
4
1
2
10
DGND
hkjung2
Changed by
DGND
VCC
*WC
SCL
SDA
LED1
LED2
RDAC
COL_ENERGYDET
VSS
DGND
1
2
3
4
L50
INSTPAR
100nF
C367
3.3V_ETH
3.3V
S1F25000-35D12M
OSC7
Date Changed
DGND
( 1%)
R307
1K
DGND
DGND
SCL
SDA
6
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
C104
100nF
DGND
DGND
6
1
DGND
Q18
MMBT2222ALT1
Time Changed
1%
10:25:22 am
2
3
DGND
10K
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
3.3V 3.3V_CTR_TAP
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
D(22)
D(24)
D(26)
23
53
D(28)
D(30)
A(1:17)
D(29)
D(31)
A(11)
8
38
A(10)
A(9)
7
A(8)
A(7)
6
36
37
A(6)
A(5)
5
35
A(4)
A(1)
A(3)
3
33
4
2
32
34
1
nRST_NIC
nWAIT_WNIC
nRST_WNIC
nDET_WNIC
31
2
CN11-1
179029-2
NOT USED
10K
10K
R113
10K
R109
R102
C81
100nF
A(2)
Service Manual
D(16:31)
SDA
SCL
nDACK_WNIC
nDREQ_WNIC
nWAIT_WNIC
A(1:17)
3.3V
100nF
C79
B
100nF
C88
3.3V
C363
33pF
4700nF
C359
3.3V_ETH
33pF
C364
12pF
3.3V
33pF
C365
0
R303
C368
NOT USED
12pF
C378
100nF
C366
22
9
7
32
31
OVDD2
OVDD1
AVDD
REGOUT
REGIN
TGND
33
100nF
C379
5
100nF
C371
49.9 1%
R297
4
NOT USED
49.9 1%
R300
5pF
100nF
C372
3
1%
C356
2
1.24Kohm
R304
49.9
R301
5pF
C357
C373
NOT USED
49.9
5pF
C355
R302
5pF
C358
10K
R316
A
1
DGND
V0.3
REV
TITLE:
100nF
C362
0
R308
100nF
C376
100nF
C361
R317
NOT USED
100nF
C377
100nF
C360
Schematic Main(6/15)
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
6605713-1
LED2_CATHOD
LED2_ANODE
LED1_CATHOD
LED1_ANODE
FGND_10
FGND_9
CT_REF
NC
RDN
RCT
RDP
TDN
TCT
TDP
CN13
8
Drawing Number
8
6
of
15
F
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
PHY CONTROLLER
DGND
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3.3V
L52
INSTPAR
NOT USED
1
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
2
C99
100nF
DGND
GND
2
NC
1
3
R95
100
10K
R117
10K
R116
10K
R71
D(31)
D(30)
D(29)
D(28)
D(27)
D(26)
D(25)
D(24)
D(23)
D(22)
D(21)
D(20)
D(19)
D(18)
D(17)
D(16)
A(13)
A(12)
A(11)
A(10)
A(9)
A(8)
A(7)
A(6)
A(5)
A(4)
A(3)
A(2)
10K
10K
DGND
R99
3.3V
63
48
37
11
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
59
58
57
56
52
51
50
49
27
26
25
24
23
22
20
19
18
17
16
14
30
12
13
47
60
OSC1
AVSS44
AVSS61
VSS15
VSS28
VSS54
AVDD3_3_43
AVDD3_3_45
AVDD2_5_62
VDDW_5
VDDW_21
VDDW_55
VDD3_3_35
VDD2_5_10
VDD2_5_29
VDD2_5_53
4
_PO
_OC
DM2
DP2
DM1
DP1
ID
VREG_EN
VREG_OUT
VBP
VBUS
OSC2
OTG242_LQFP64
0904-001865
TEST
_EXVBO
_INT
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
_CS
_WR
_RD
_RESET
CLKW
U7
44
61
15
28
54
43
45
62
5
21
55
35
10
29
53
39
36
32
31
34
33
40
41
42
38
46
64
3.3V
R72
10K
DGND
C114
10uF
DGND
R115
10K
NOT USED
5
10K
R74
R75
R13
R12
DGND
100nF
C64
4.7K
33
33
DGND
5
Changed by
hkjung2
DGND
5V
3.3V
C21
10uF
2
3
3.3V
1
L2
6
2
3
1
6
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
P1
MINISMDC075-2
R84
DGND
10:30:36 am
5
4
3
2
1
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
CN6-1
35303-0550
Time Changed
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
nINT_USB_HOST
D(16:31)
nCS_USB_HOST
nWR
nRD
A(2:13)
NOT USED
DGND
33pF
C317
DGND
33pF
C318
nRST_USB_HOST
OSC4
SCO-10325AD-6M
DGND
3
OUT
4
VCC
4
100nF
C72
3.3V
3
100nF
C73
B
2
100nF
C89
A
1
10K
R73
100nF
C106
D1
KDS226
Schematic Main(7/15)
100nF
C63
100nF
C82
100nF
C80
100nF
C107
100nF
C85
D3
KDS226
GRENACHE MAIN
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
V0.3
REV
8
Drawing Number
7
of
15
A3
Size
F
E
D
C
B
A
Service Manual
Sheet
OTG CONTROLLER
TITLE:
8
10-7
Schematic Diagram
10-8
F
E
D
C
Service Manual
1
2
100nF
C136
100nF
C160
DGND
A(2:9)
3
3.3V
4
A(2)
A(3)
A(4)
A(5)
A(6)
A(7)
A(8)
A(9)
52
51
14
16
17
15
11
12
8
7
9
10
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
27
XTAL1
XTAL2
INT
nRD
nWR
nCS
DIOR
DIOW
EOT
DGND
RESET_N
DREQ
DACK
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
ISP1582BS
U13
USB_1V8
DGND
DGND
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
WAKEUP
SUSPEND
RREF
VBUS
RPU
DP
DM
55
56
6
49
2
3
4
100nF
DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15
10nF
C135
R149
5
DGND
hkjung2
Changed by
1%
R182
1M
3.3V
R181
DGND
1.5K
C189
10uF
16V
D(16)
D(17)
D(18)
D(19)
D(20)
D(21)
D(22)
D(23)
D(24)
D(25)
D(26)
D(27)
D(28)
D(29)
D(30)
D(31)
3
1
2
3
1
L7
L8
INSTPAR
INSTPAR
DGND
6
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
C190
1000NF
200K
2
3.3V
D(16:31)
C123
10uF
16V
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
10:30:53 am
Time Changed
CN16-1
UBR24-4K5G00
7
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
8
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
USB_XIN
USB_XOUT
nINT_USB_DEVICE
nRD
nWR
nCS_USB_DEVICE
nRST_USB_DEVICE
nDREQ_USB_DEVICE
nDACK_USB_DEVICE
C147
4.7uF
35V
3.3V
100nF
C167
USB_1V8
5
10nF
C138
4
100nF
C134
3
10K
10K
R141
100nF
C137
28
50
B
2
AGND_1
AGND_5
1
5
R148
21
34
48
53
54
Vcc_I_O_21
Vcc_I_O_34
Vcc_I_O_48
Vcc_53
Vcc_54
10nF
Vcc_1V8_28
Vcc_1V8_50
DGND_13
DGND_26
DGND_29
DGND_41
13
26
29
41
100nF
C156
10K
R150
C144
10K
R151
C143
TGND
57
10nF
C166
12.1Kohm 1%
R160
10nF
C146
A
1
D20
KDS226
Schematic Main(8/15)
D19
KDS226
REV
V0.3
GRENACHE MAIN
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
Drawing Number
8
8
of
15
A3
Size
F
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
USB2.0 CONTROLLER
TITLE:
E
D
C
B
A
Schematic Diagram
1
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
nFAULT
SLCT_OUT
PERROR
BUSY
nACK
nSTROBE
nAUTOFD
nINIT
nSELECTIN
2
PD(0)
PD(1)
PD(2)
PD(3)
PD(4)
PD(5)
PD(6)
PD(7)
74LVX161284MTD
VCC1
VCC2
VCC_C1
VCC_C2
3
7
18
31
42
30
25
48
1
DIR
HD
41
40
38
37
36
35
33
32
47
46
45
44
43
29
28
27
26
PLH
HLHin
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
Y9
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
C4
C5
C6
C7
3.3V
R291
5V
NOT USED
4
NOT USED
39
RA34
39
RA33
39
DGND
nSTROBE_P
nACK_P
nAUTOFD_P
nINIT_P
nSLCTIN_P
nFAULT_P
SELECT_P
PERROR_P
BUSY_P
4
5V
3.3V
D24
RB420D T147
PDE
5
DGND
C246
10uF
16V
L9
INSTPAR
CEN_5V
nAUTOFD_P
nSLCTIN_P
nFAULT_P
nINIT_P
nACK_P
BUSY_P
PERROR_P
SELECT_P
nSTROBE_P
5
5V1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
20
hkjung2
Changed by
3
4
5
6
7
9
11
13
14
CEN_5V
U17
22
SUPER1284
VCC
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
DGND
DGND
5V1
6
R213
1K
C217
100nF
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
C243
10nF
26
25
24
23
21
19
18
17
16
100nF
C230
6
DGND
Time Changed
10:31:26 am
38
37
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
3301-000344
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
CN19-19
LCTL4036E09
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
DGND
PLHin
HLH
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
U18
10
GND1
15
GND2
34
GND3
39
GND4
19
24
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
17
2
3
4
5
6
20
21
22
23
100nF
C250
PD(0:7)
100nF
C251
R222
5.1K
3.3V
100nF
C235
3
100pF
C221
B
2
100nF
C236
R215
5.1K
GND
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
15
12
10
8
2
1
28
27
A
1
V0.3
REV
TITLE:
5V1
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
Drawing Number
8
9
of
15
F
Service Manual
Sheet
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
10-9
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
IEEE1284 DRIVER
DGND
8
R212
Schematic Main(9/15)
1K
10-10
F
E
D
C
DGND
DGND
DGND
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
OSC3
N.C
LOW
0.4%
S0
S1
VSS
CY25811
XIN/CLKIN
U8
5
7
8
SSCLK 5
3.3V
C94
15pF
2
DGND
R132
DGND
33
33
DGND
10
R321
10uF
6.3V
C402
100nF
VCLK_IN
MCLK
3
DGND
3.3V
Short Trace
C401
7
4
10
8
1
SGND
SHDN
SVIN
PVIN
NC1
NC4
3
2
Vss
SW
PSET
VSET
SFB
2
1
DGND
Vout
NC2
XC61FN3112MR
Vin
U2
MVPG31
9
3
NC3
PGND
13
U33
R58
1K
3.3V
12
11
5
6
0
R318
L53
2.2uH
DGND
4
NOT USED
C52
1nF
DGND
22uF
C403
DGND
3.3V
C400
47uF
16V
R270
100
475Kohm
4
R39
30K
C132
10uF
DGND
DGND
10
1
5
SGND
SHDN
SVIN
PVIN
Changed by
R54
5.6K
R53
300
U11
MVPG31
4
10
8
7
hkjung2
2
3
Q3
KSC1623-Y
nF_RESET
nRESET
C125
100nF
R147
5V
5
2
NC2
5V
475K 1%
R322
1
NC1
NC4
9
3
SW
SFB
3
2
6
R41
R11
56
R10
56
D2
RB420D T147
3.3V
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
3
2
5V
Q4
2SB1197K
1
280K 1%
DGND
31.6K 1%
2.2uH
1.3V
12 R134
L4
6
11 R136
5
6
Q1
KSA1182-Y
DGND
1
PSET
VSET
NC3
PGND
13
3
C131
22uF
DGND
Vb
C20
47uF
50V
10:50:31 am
Time Changed
0
7
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
BATTERY
REV
TITLE:
V0.3
NOT USED
R138
4.7K
NOT USED
OSC6
ATS-49/U,12MHz,50ppm
NOT USED
DGND
C115
22pF
C116
22pF
C113
15pF
C112
15pF
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
C121
15pF
R133
DGND
C320
100nF
DGND
DGND
C319
100nF
3.3V
DGND
C111
100nF
C92
15pF
FRSEL 6
VDD
XOUT
ATS-49/U,12MHz,50ppm
OSC2
N.C
S1
SSCLK
N.C
S0
CY25811
7
8
FRSEL 6
VDD
XOUT
0%
S0
S1
VSS
XIN/CLKIN
U9
ATS-49/U,12MHz,50ppm
Service Manual
DGND
0
R120
C93
15pF
C109
100nF
B
C91
15pF
C120
15pF
2
C34
100nF
1M
R137
A
1
R40
470K
560
R124
Schematic Main(10/15)
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
RTC_XO
RTC_XI
USB_XOUT
USB_XIN
8
Drawing Number
8
10 of
15
F
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
SYSTEM CLOCK
OSC5
MC-306,32.768KHz
nRESET
PWM_CCD_LAMP
1
5
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
6
2
R296
C65
NOT USED
R70
4.7K
NOT USED
30K
1000NF
3
C351
1000NF
1
Q7
KSC945-Y
2
R64
100
100
R68
R69
10K
100
R67
24V
100
R66
R59
4.7K
R18
R281
R280
G
1
10pF
C61
13
100
100
100
U5-6
74LCX14
2 D1
3 S
L1
DR
Q2
NDT2955
4 D2
3.3V
C2
47uF
50V
C348
1nF
12
R278
R279
DGND
C349
1nF
R82
33
0
0
FIN1047M
EN
DIN1
DIN2
VCC
GND
DIN3
DIN4
EN_
4
INV_POWER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U4
C350
1nF
AFE_D(7)
AFE_D(6)
AFE_D(5)
AFE_D(4)
AFE_D(3)
AFE_D(2)
AFE_D(1)
AFE_D(0)
DOUT1DOUT1+
DOUT2+
DOUT2DOUT3DOUT3+
DOUT4+
DOUT4-
5
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
L17
5
VDDDR
18
VDDA1
28
VDDA2
SDATA
NOT USED
15
22
B_VIN
24
G_VIN
26
R_VIN
20
REFB
21
REFT
23
VCOM
25
OFFSET
HT82V26
CDS1_CLK
CDS2_CLK
ADCCLK
OEB
SCLK
SLOAD
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
6
VSSDR
19
VSSA1
27
VSSA2
1
2
3
4
16
17
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
3.3V
5V
Changed by
C32
100nF
6
C24
10uF
16V
C29
C30
C31
R25
0
R24
0
100nF
100nF
Date Changed
6
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
10:51:17 am
NOT USED
Time Changed
R26
0
100nF
7
3.3V
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
2
3
1
3
SCANNER_PI2
SCANNER_PI_CP
SCANNER_PI_RS
SCANNER_PI1
SCANNER_PI_TG1
SCANNER_BW_CONTROL
SCANNER_DPI_CONTROL
AFE_SDATA
AFE_SCLK
AFE_SLOAD
10pF
C60
AFE_ADC_CLK
10pF
C78
AFE_CDS2_CLK
56pF
C56
100nF
C42
SCANNER_PI_SH
56pF
C57
10K
R65
1000NF 16V
C40
U3
220pF
C383
100nF
C43
AFE_D(7:0)
100nF
C53
150pF
220pF
100nF
C44
C384
C404
100nF
C62
150pF
220pF
C385
C405
220pF
C386
100nF
C41
150pF
220pF
C387
C406
220pF
C388
150pF
220pF
C389
C407
220pF
C390
5
56
4
56
R36
R35
3
56
R27
B
2
56
R28
A
1
56pF
C58
SS26
56
R37
Schematic Main(11/15)
Q17
MMBT2222ALT1
56pF
C59
D7
56
R38
C345
C344
47pF
100nF
C27
56
R29
C33
100nF
56
R30
C346
47pF
10
0
R324
5V
INV_POWER
8
TITLE:
24V
0.3
REV
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN5-1
FPC_24
Drawing Number
8
11 of 15
F
Service Manual
Sheet
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
10-11
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
CCD I/F
100nF
C17
R325
100nF
C18
47pF
10
R326
100nF
C1
10-12
F
E
D
C
B
Service Manual
1
17
15
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DF11-18DP-2DSA(18)
CN9-1
DGND
50V
C119
100nF
DGND
2
R121
330
3
2
R131
10K
3
1
Q8
MMBT2222ALT1
DGND
2
3
R114
10K
R107
10K
3.3V
R127
5.6K
C117
100nF
R125
1K
R128
1K
R103
10K
3.3V
3.3V
100pF
C118
DGND
R126
510
1
Q9
MMBT2222ALT1
3
R130
33
R129
10K
3.3V
R97
10K
3.3V
4
nLSU_MOTOR_EN
nLSU_READY
nHSYNC_MINUS
LSU_MOTOR_CLK
nSPL_HOLD2
nHSYNC_PLUS
nSPL_HOLD1
nLD_EN
VDO1_MINUS
VDO2_MINUS
VDO1_PLUS
VDO2_PLUS
LD_POWER1
4
5
5
hkjung2
Changed by
DGND
6
C74
47uF
16V
LSU_5V
DGND
R78
4.7K
1
NOT USED
3
2
1
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
R77
560
CN8-1
35301-0350
Q6
2SB1197K
Date Changed
3
2
5V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
CN27-1
00-6232-030-807-800
6
5V
DGND
1
A(2)
A(3)
A(4)
A(5)
A(6)
A(7)
A(8)
RA37
33
Q5
MMBT2222ALT1
10:52:08 am
Time Changed
DGND
2
3
nCOVER_OPEN
3.3V
7
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
R60
300
R76
6.2K
D(31)
D(30)
D(29)
D(28)
D(27)
D(26)
D(25)
RA38 D(24)
33
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
2
3
100
R108
3.3V
100
R104
LSU_5V
0
R98
100nF
C86
C77
100nF
24VS
1
DGND
C90
10uF
16V
LSU_5V
100
R118
A
100pF
C110
C331
100pF
2
100pF
C103
C332
100pF
1
100pF
C95
C333
Schematic Main(12/15)
100pF
C100
D11
KDS226
C334
100pF
100pF
V0.3
REV
TITLE:
2
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
DGND
R46
5.1K
R50
22K
24VS
8
12 of 15
A3
Size
F
E
D
C
B
A
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
GRENACHE MAIN
LSU I/F
100nF
C54
1
Drawing Number
3
3.3V
KDS226
D5
nRST_MODEM
nINT_MODEM
KEYCLICK
nCS_MODEM
nRD
nWR
A(2:8)
D(31:24)
8
Schematic Diagram
DGND
Samsung Electronics
1
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
100nF
C237
2
100nF
C238
1
2
2
3
1
DGND
FAN_MAIN
EXIT_MOTOR_NB
nFUSER_ON
EXIT_MOTOR_B
EXIT_MOTOR_NA
EXIT_MOTOR_A
PWM_DEV_DC
PWM_MHV
nPAPER_EXIT_SENSOR
PWM_THV
nFUSER_COVER_OPEN
nTHV_EN
nPAPER_EMPTY_SENSOR
nPAPER_REGI_SENSOR
THV_READ
nPAPER_FEED_SENSOR
4
4
nFUSER_EN
5
FUSER_THERM1
5
3.3V
1
D17
KDS226
2
3
DGND
DGND
C142
1nF
hkjung2
R155
1K
C159
100pF
LM393D
U12-2
Changed by
R166
5.1K
R165
10K
3.3V
6
5
7
R144
14.7K
2
3
6
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
nBLDC_MOTOR_DIR
PWM_MOTOR
nBLDC_MOTOR_READY
4
8
3.3V
DGND
7
1
1
3.3V
Q12
MMBT2222ALT1
2
3
U12-1
LM393D
Q10
MMBT2222ALT1
1%
DGND
1%
nBLDC_MOTOR_EN
C139
10nF
R145
33K
DGND
Date Changed
R152
470K
R154
7.5K
1%
3.3V
3.3V
R153
15.4K
6
DGND
2
3
DGND
C124
10nF
Time Changed
100
10:52:25 am
7
3.3V
R164
5.1K
NOT USED
R207
2
100
1
3
R277
D15
KDS226
1
C141
100nF
8
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
3
100
R225
100
100
R221
R228
100
33K
R227
R217
33K
R224
1nF
C335
CN24-1
DF11-28DP-2DSA
R220
1nF
3.3V
10K
100nF
C262
R223
16V
100uF
C264
5V
R216
1nF
C336
C259
24V
1nF
C337
100nF
C254
5.1K
R206
33K
1nF
C339
C338
100nF
C249
5.1K
R276
33K
100nF
100pF
C242
D25
KDS226
100nF
C239
5.1K
R214
3
5V
D16
MMSD914T1
1nF
C219
24VS
2
1nF
C218
50V
100nF
REV
V0.3
TITLE:
C229
1
100nF
C220
Schematic Main(13/15)
5.1K
DGND
24VS
L5
L6
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN23-1
35303-1050
THERMISTOR
2
1
35301-0250
CN12-1
nFUSER_ON
8
Drawing Number
13 of 15
F
Service Manual
Sheet
A3
Size
E
D
C
B
A
10-13
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
ENGINE I/F
R205
10-14
F
E
D
C
B
FLAT_MOTOR_CURRENT
nEXIT_MOTOR_CON
nEXIT_MOTOR_EN
Service Manual
1
R88
3.9K
9
2
22pF
C280
EXIT_MOTOR_PHB
10K
22pF
EXIT_MOTOR_PHA
R93
47K
10K
C272
R259
22pF
13
16
nFLAT_MOT_MS1
nFLAT_MOT_MS2
nFLAT_MOT_SLEEP
nFLAT_MOT_EN
FLAT_MOT_DIR
FLAT_MOT_PLS
8
IN_3
IN_2
IN_1
IN_0
ENABLE_B
ENABLE_A
PHB1
PHA1
11
RS_B
RS_A
29
TGND1
30
TGND2
6
5
4
3
9
7
2
1
AN44060A
U26
C303
10nF
20
10
BC_2
10K
C292
R232
56K
R231
56K
R244
0.33 1%
R271
R233
0.33 1%
R269
3.3V
R43
8.2K
VPUMP
BOUT_2
BOUT_1
AOUT_2
AOUT_1
VREF_B
VREF_A
VCC
VM_2
VM_1
21
12
14
15
17
24
23
25
22
8
3.3V
R235
3.6K
C274
47uF
50V
3
C289
100nF
24VS
SLEEP
ENABLE
DIR
STEP
SR
RESET
MS1
MS2
PFD
REF
6
RC1
9
RC2
27
26
3
19
16
17
13
12
5
8
22pF
22pF
3.3V
U1
A3977SLP
22
20
2
4
1
SENSE1
14
SENSE2
4
OUT1A
25
OUT1B
11
OUT2A
18
OUT2B
HOME
28
VBB1
15
VBB2
VCP
VREG
23
CP1
24
CP2
24V
EXIT_MOTOR_NB
EXIT_MOTOR_B
EXIT_MOTOR_NA
EXIT_MOTOR_A
C11
C28
220nF
C35
220nF
C39
220nF
C47
100nF
C48
100nF
330pF
C308
47uF
50V
5
C10
330pF
nDUPLEX_MOTOR_SLEEP
nDUPLEX_MOTOR_EN
nDPX_MOTOR_DIR
PWM_DUPLEX_MOTOR
1K
hkjung2
DGND
CN2-1
5045-04A
FLAT_MOTOR
4
3
2
1
Changed by
DGND
3.3V
DGND
DGND
6
SLEEP
ENABLE
DIR
STEP
SR
RESET
MS1
MS2
PFD
REF
3.3V
U25
A3977SLP
DGND
C290
100nF
22
20
2
FAN_DUPLEX
DUPLEX_MOTOR_NB
DUPLEX_MOTOR_B
DUPLEX_MOTOR_NA
DUPLEX_MOTOR_A
DGND
1
SENSE1
14
SENSE2
4
OUT1A
25
OUT1B
11
OUT2A
18
OUT2B
HOME
28
VBB1
15
VBB2
VCP
VREG
23
CP1
24
CP2
7
10:52:48 am
Time Changed
nDUPLEX_JAM_SENSOR2
nDUPLEX_JAM_SENSOR1
6
RC1
9
RC2
27
26
3
19
16
17
13
12
5
8
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
Date Changed
DGND
R257
3.6K
3.3V
6
220nF
220nF
220nF
3.3V
DGND
24VS
8
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
3.3V
REV
V0.3
DGND
C340
1nF
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN26-1
35303-0750
Drawing Number
F
E
D
C
B
A
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
A3
Size
14 of 15
DUPLEX_MOTOR_A
DUPLEX_MOTOR_NA
DUPLEX_MOTOR_B
DUPLEX_MOTOR_NB
8
Schematic Diagram
GRENACHE MAIN
FLAT MOTOR DRIVER
TITLE:
100
R238
DGND
100
DGND
DGND
C291
100nF
C297
330pF
R255
DGND
C301
330pF
C279
C285
C273
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
DGND
3.3V
C302
C304
5
12K
3.3V
26
10K
R243
19
100pF
C36
10nF
C299
220nF
C281
A
C263
22K
R237
22K
R240
1K
R234
220nF
C277
R258
C296
100pF
1K
R263
C275
100pF
R236
1K
BC_1
100pF
C22
1nF
C278
R245
C287
100pF
30K
R241
1nF
C293
30K
R260
10
VDD
7
AGND1
29
AGND2
21
PGND
4
0.33
5.6K
R242
220nF
C38
1K
R49
1nF
1K
R47
30K
R33
1%
R264
GND
R31
C270
100nF
C37
10
NC0
11
NC1
18
NC2
27
NC3
28
NC4
100pF
C23
47uF
50V
1K
R34
1nF
C46
10K
R23
1K
R42
30K
R48
R45
6.2K
R44
3K
220nF
10
VDD
7
AGND1
29
AGND2
21
PGND
100nF
C298
100nF
C288
3
22K
R32
22K
C25
0.33 1%
R63
100nF
C271
2
100nF
C49
0.33 1%
R230
100nF
C276
1
0.33 1%
33K
R256
Schematic Main(14/15)
100nF
C26
R19
33K
R239
1
nSCF_RDY
SCF_CLK
SCF_TXD
SCF_RXD
ADF_PICKUP_CLUTCH
ADF_REGI_CLUTCH
nADF_MODULE_DETECT
nADF_P_POS
nADF_P_DET
ADF_MOTOR_NB
nADF_P_REGI
ADF_MOTOR_NA
nADF_MOTOR_EN
ADF_MOTOR_B
R247
R265
R267
R262
R20
R22
R21
Samsung Electronics
F
E
D
C
B
ADF_MOTOR_A
ADF_MOTOR_PHA
ADF_MOTOR_PHB
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
330pF
C327
2
1nF
C282
330pF
330pF
C323
A
330pF
C326
10K
330pF
C330
2
330pF
3
C321
330pF
C329
1nF
330pF
C325
C300
330pF
C324
1nF
C305
R246
10K
R261
1nF
C294
C322
D27
KDS226
D28
KDS226
33K
2
3
3
33K
2
3.3V
24VS
24V
3
DGND
DGND
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN25-1
749232-1
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
CN4-1
DF11-18DP-2DSA(18)
4
PANEL_RXD
BATTERY
nSCANNER_HOME
PANEL_TXD
nRST_PANEL
3.3V
R8
R7
R6
R5
5
nFLAT_COVER_OPEN
nMPF_PAPER_EMPTY_SENSOR
DEV_CLK
DEV_DIO
3.3V
5
10K
R61
R52
R62
hkjung2
Changed by
1K
100
33
100
DGND
R2
DGND
DGND
150
150
3
6
2
5V
100
R167
100
1
3.3V
3.3V
DGND
DGND
3
2
DGND
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN3-1
35303-0750
FL-COVER
1
2
3
CN1-3
35303-0350
MPF SENSOR
3
2
1
CN14
SMW200-03P
Wednesday, February 15, 2006
0
DGND
Date Changed
DGND
L49
DGND
4
3
2
1
CN7-1
35303-0450
CARTRIDGE
6
10:56:22 am
Time Changed
nRETARD_CLUTCH
3
U5-2
74LCX14
MPF_CLUTCH
4
7
DGND
R195
510
MFG ENGR CHK
QA CHK
DGND
R171
510
R179
510
DGND
R186
510
DGND
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
REGI_CLUTCH
PICKUP_CLUTCH
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
3
2
5V
3
10K
R51
3.3V
10K
R16
33K
R15
100nF
C4
R17
100nF
C5
D30
KDS226
D26
KDS226
R14
100nF
C3
2
100nF
C306
1nF
C391
100nF
C7
100nF
C6
100nF
C307
C8
1
100pF
R9
33K
100nF
C16
100nF
D6
KDS226
C15
Schematic Main(15/15)
100nF
C347
C158
100nF
100pF
33K
R162
D4
KDS226
C45
150pF
C151
100nF
C9
100nF
33K
R1
200
R157
200
R4
C55
150pF
100pF
C13
C14
0
L42
100nF
C12
200
R156
200
R3
C183
100nF
C169
100nF
C209
100nF
REV
V0.3
1
2
CN20
SMW200-02P
Q13
MMBT2222ALT1
1
2
CN15
SMW200-02P
MMBT2222ALT1
Address
City
8
Drawing Number
F
E
D
C
B
A
Service Manual
Sheet
A3
Size
15 of 15
NOT USED
COMPANY NAME
DGND
2
1
2
3
35303-0350
CN17-1
Q14
MMBT2222ALT1
3 Q16
24VS
DGND
2
3
24VS
DGND
2
3
24VS
1
2
CN18-1
35303-0250
MMBT2222ALT1
DGND
2
3 Q15
24VS
GRENACHE MAIN
SYSTEM I/F CONN.
TITLE:
R196
5.6K
1
D23
1N4003T/R
R172
5.6K
1
D18
1N4003T/R
R180
5.6K
1
D21
1N4003T/R
R187
5.6K
1
D22
1N4003T/R
C202
100nF
8
10-15
Schematic Diagram
10-16
Service Manual
10.2 DIMM board(1/2)
EDIT
SIGN
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
REF NO
P
R
A
ED
C
H
E
C
K
1
SEC
E
N
G
2
Samsung Electronics
D
W
G
3
Schematic Diagram
Samsung Electronics
DIMM board(2/2)
EDIT
SIGN
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
REF NO
P
R
A
ED
C
H
E
C
K
1
SEC
E
N
G
2
D
W
G
Service Manual
3
10-17
Schematic Diagram
10-18
Service Manual
10.3 CRUM board
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagram
Samsung Electronics
10.4 OPE_3in1
JB13-00035A
JC07-00008A
JC07-00003A
LCD
Changed by
B
A
MONO
Tuesday, November 29, 2005
Date Changed
DUPLEX
START
9:29:02 am
Time Changed
BLACK ONLY
BLACK
COLOR
Kevin
Drawn by
MFG ENGR CHK
QA CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Kevin
Engineer
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
CHINA/KOREA
BASIC
JB13-00004A
MICOM (U1)
A
B
0.2
REV
TITLE:
1
Drawing Number
1
of
1
Service Manual
Sheet
A3
Size
10-19
Schematic Diagram
10-20
Service Manual
OPE_4in1
JB13-00035A
JC07-00008A
JC07-00003A
LCD
Changed by
B
A
MONO
Tuesday, November 29, 2005
Date Changed
DUPLEX
START
9:28:44 am
Time Changed
BLACK ONLY
BLACK
COLOR
Kevin
Drawn by
MFG ENGR CHK
QA CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Kevin
Engineer
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
CHINA/KOREA
BASIC
JB13-00004A
MICOM (U1)
0.2
REV
TITLE:
1
Drawing Number
1
of
1
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
A3
Size
Schematic Diagram
8
12
(2012)
C307
473
(2012)
R308
1KF
7
INDEX_VR
50K
7407
SOP-14
18V
ZD301
2.7B
1
C303
500V103
2
4
(2012)
R309
10KF
324
U102/B
- 6
(2012)
+ 5
24VS1
(2012)
R310
150J
D305
1N4148
R304
1/4W4.7J
Rev.
REV 1.0
3
Time 17:13
note5
note4
note3
note2
note1
D304
1N4148
(2012)
R306
100KF
D302
6KV
TNR202
7N471K
TNR201
7N221K
TNR203
7N561K
C209
6KV221
D205
6KV
C210
6KV221
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
2
No.
.docno~
7
6
D204
6KV
File D:\...\REV1.0\ELBERT-HVPS_REV1.0_THV_060216.sch Date 2006/02/16
Size
.size~
˚‰ ·ˇ· .
ELBERT THV
Title
1
D301
D1NL20U
(2012)
C301
104
IT-301
C212
2KV221
7
6
IT-201
C208
500V681
24VS1
D202
D1NL20U
D203
D1NL20U
R211
1/4W4.7J
Q203
C2383
Q302
C2383
(2012)
R303
470J
(2012)
R302
470KJ
ZD201
2.7B
(2012)
1
5
2
4
(2012)
18V
(SMD)
Q301
KST2222A
(2012)
(SMD)
R208
10KF
Q202
KST2222A
(2012)
(2012)
C206
104
24VS1
5
R307
150KF
(2012)
(2012)
R206
130KF
R207
330KF
C205
471
8
324
U102/C
(2012)
R210
5.6KJ
R209
100KF
(2012)
C115
104
3
C306
473
(2012)
R301
5.6KJ
(2012)
C203
681
9 -
10 +
THV_VR
100K
D201
1N4148
2
”» ”˛˙
” » …” ¨fl
˙¥`
DCQ2-0070K¿¡ ` `⁄ ¨ „ `œ » » ¿º˙ˇ`
This parts should not contain any substances which are specified in DCQ2-0070K
ZD302
2.7B
THV_READ
THV READ
CN5#5
THV
13
(2012)
18V
C201
473
(2012)
(2012)
R214
(2012)
300KJ
(2012) C202
102
R205
22KJ
THV-sen >>
(SMD)
Q201
KST2907A
C207
472
(2012)
R204
820KJ
R201
1/2W2KJ
(2012)
R203
1/2w2KJ
7407
SOP-14
THV -EA
CN5#9
THV PWM
CN5#11
9
THV
Samsung Electronics
A
B
C
D
R202
100J
18V
4
11
18V
ELBERT-HVPS
1
10.5 HVPS(1/3)
4
11
4
1 of 3
(2012)
C305
104
C304
3KV151
D206
6KV
4
A
B
C
Service Manual
D303
1N4148
>>THV-sen
R305
BR1/2W50MJ
R213
BR1/2W100MF
THV
R212
1/2W100KJ
C211
6KV221
D
10-21
Schematic Diagram
10-22
3
U104
NC
NC
R122
1KJ (2012)
1
NC
Q104 (SMD) R125
KST2222A 1W2KJ
NC
NC
Q103
B1151-Y
24VS1
18V
2
C113
25V47uF
18V
(2012)
2
R506
56KF
(2012)
C501
104
2
(2012)
(2012)
(2012)
C502
222
(2012)
R507
18KF
(2012)
C401
222
C408
474
(2012)
R404
30KF
R402
75KJ
2
(2012)
R509
12KF
1N4148
D501
(2012)
R508
86.6KF
(2012)
R406
15KF
13 -
12 +
2 -
3 +
1
R408
47KJ
(2012)
(2012)
C504
333
(2012)
R512
430J
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
R513
1W3J
24VS1
R410
1W3J
3
Q402
D526-Y
Q502
D526-Y
(2012)
R409
1KF
(2012)
R511
47KJ
(2012)
C403
333
324
U102/A
24VS1
(2012) (2012)
C503 R510
104 47KJ
D403
1N4148
14
24VS1
5
IT-501
No.
.docno~
Rev.
REV 1.0
3
File D:\...\REV1.0\ELBERT-HVPS_REV1.0_ mhv_060216.sch Date 2006/02/16
Size
.size~
ELBERT MHV
Title
Time 17:13
note5
note4
note3
note2
note1
4
2 of 3
A
B
C
D
Samsung Electronics
˚‰ ·ˇ· .
R518
MGR1W15MF
DEV
R519
1/2W51KJ
ZD501
1W200V
OPC
SUPPLY
R516
1/2W51KJ
ZD401
1W130V
R413
BR1/2W15MJ
R414
BR1/2W30MF
MHV
R426
1/2W100KJ
R514
MGR1W15MF
D502 C506
6KV 3KV471
C505
2KV680
5
6
D402
6KV
C404 D401 C406
3KV471 6KV 3KV471
6
C405
2KV680
IT-401
4
Schematic Diagram
”» ”˛˙
” » …” ¨fl
˙¥`
DCQ2-0070K¿¡ ` `⁄ ¨ „ `œ » » ¿º˙ˇ`
This parts should not contain any substances which are specified in DCQ2-0070K
D404
1N4148
(2012)
(2012)
324
U102/D
C402
24VS1
103
R405
150KF
(2012)
R407
240KF
3
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
U103
KA7818
DEV_VR
50K
R504
1/2W2KJ
(2012)
R505
100KF
(SMD)
Q501
KST2907A
MHV_VR
50K
R412
1/2W2KJ
(2012)
R403
62KF
(SMD)
Q401
KST2907A
18V
24VS1
R502
1/2w2.2KJ
(2012)
R503
100J
R411
1/2W2.2KJ
R124
1W2KJ
2
SOP-14
U104
7407
NC
4
(2012)
R401
100J
7 7407
SOP-14
14
5V
R123
100J
24VS
1
R121
3.9KJ(2012)
NC
5V
CN5#15
BIAS-PWM
CN5#13
MHV-PWM
Service Manual
A
B
C
D
1
ELBERT_HVPS
HVPS(2/3)
4
11
3
1
3
1
4
11
DEVE_PWM
+5V
DGND
+5V
DGND
+5V
DGND
EXIT_MOT_A1
DGND
EXIT_MOT_A2
nFUSER_EN
EXIT_MOT_B1
FAN_MAIN
EXIT_MOT_B2
24VS
24VS
DGND
24VS
THV-READ
nP_FEED_SENSOR
24V
nP_REGI_SENSOR
THV-EN
nPAPER_EMPTY_SEN
THV-PWM
nFUSER_COVER_OPEN
MHV-PWM
nP_EXIT_SENSOR
DPX_MOT_1A
DPX_MOT_1B
DPX_MOT_2A
DPX_MOT_2B
FAN_DUPLEX
nDUPLEX_SENSEOR1
nDUPLEX_SENSEOR2
Samsung Electronics
A
B
C
D
24VSF
nFUSER_EN
DGND
24V
DGND
24V
DGND
24V
DGND
24V
DGND
+5V
DGND
+5V
DGND
+5V
DPX_MOT_1B
DPX_MOT_2A
DPX_MOT_1A
DPX_MOT_2B
DGND
FAN_MAIN1
24VS
24VS
DGND
FAN_DUPLEX1
EXIT_MOT_B2
EXIT_MOT_A1
EXIT_MOT_B1
EXIT_MOT_A2
HVPS(3/3)
1
1
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
NC
C3
10nF
NC
DGND
NC
C5
10nF
R12
1/8W4.7KF
OPC_GND
DGND
ZD2
ZD3
DGND
1W200VX3
3
No.
.docno~
¨‚•˛
DGND
Rev.
REV 1.0
_R EV
1.0_060216.sch Date 2006/02/24
File C:\...\REV1.0\¿⁄„ ˘fi … …›· ¨‚•˛
Size
.size~
note5
note4
note3
note2
note1
NC
4
3 of 3
A
B
C
D
Service Manual
nDUPLEX_SENSEOR2
C1
10nF
Time 15:33
FAN_MAIN1
D1
1N4003T/R
24VS
DGND
DGND
FAN_DUPLEX1
Q1
KSC1008-Y
R15
1/8W5.6KF
ELBERT SENSER·
Title
1/8W2.2KF
R13
24VS
D2
1N4003T/R
R16
1/8W5.6KF
NC
R6
1/8W47KJ
+5V
Not used
4
NDUPLEX/SENSOR2
OP3
R1
RDS1/4W150J
Q2
KSC1008-Y
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
2
R14
1/8W2.2KF
FUSER_GND
FAN_MAIN
FAN_DUPLEX
NC
DGND
NC
C7
10nF
nP_EXIT_SENSOR
C2
10nF
NC
R7
1/8W47KJ
NC
ZD1
nP_FEED_SENSOR
NPAPER/EXIT
OP1
R2
RDS1/4W150J
+5V
DGND
NC
nDUPLEX_SENSEOR1
NC
R18
1/8W47KJ
+5V
NDUPLEX/SENSOR1
OP5
NC
R17
RDS1/4W150J
C4
10nF
NC
R9
1/8W47KJ
+5V
35303-0350
3
2
1
CN4
C6
104
nFUSER_COVER_OPEN
DGND
R5
RDS1/4W150J
+5V
DGND
NPAPER/FEED
OP4
R4
RDS1/4W150J
10D561
TNR1
R10
1/8W47KJ
nP_REGI_SENSOR
nPAPER_EMPTY_SENSOR
DGND
NPAPER/REGI
OP2
NC
R8
1/8W47KJ
+5V
24V
SM05H-02P0-2-Z
SW2
R11
1/8W30KF
SW1
SM05H-01C0-1-Z
24VSF
3
., .¥Eº8t12eã˘
DCQ2-0070K7 :Ù9I%P,p:¸8x1‡7›Få:Ù
6~3È#¸$.
This parts should not contain any substances which are specified in DCQ2-0070K
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN5
CN6
24VS
COVER OPEN SWITCH
R3
RDS1/4W150J
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
2
10-23
Schematic Diagram
10-24
Service Manual
R59
C52
100_2012 104K_2012
0
HEATSINK
TNR11
7D221
R22
5W0.13
Q12
500V21A
R18
10_2012
AR02
1KV
R21
100_2012
R20
10K_2012
R19
100_2012
D12
1N4148
C04
104
TH01
10D9
Q01
600V12A
2
3
7
5
CS
NC
OUT
U11
IC_1207A-CHIP
C11
200V680uF
BD01
600V4A
C05
104K_2012
1
6
8
C13
1n_2012
PC11-1
817B
DEMAG
VCC
VI
R13
R12
R11
C17
AD102
C16
20p_2012
3
R24
100K_2012
C72
1KV103K
PC11-2
817B
U91
431-CHIP
File \...\07
Size
A3
\T YPE III-V1_Rev0.9.sch
No.
.docno.
4
F72
250V4A
Date 2005/08/26
4
Time 12:03
note5
note4
note3
note2
1 of 1
CON3-4,6,8,10
GND
CON3-12,14,16
5V 3A
CON3-11,13,15
GND
A
B
C
Samsung Electronics
C76
16V1000uF
F71
250V5A
Q71
2222A-CHIP
note1
R94
1KF_2012
R93
1KF_2012
R76
470_2012
CON3-3,5,7,9
24V 4A
D
Schematic Diagram
R77
R75
200_2012 3W120
ZD71
20V-CHIP
Rev.
REV 0.9
C91
225_2012
Top Circuit : TYPE III-V1 REV 0.9
Title
L71
5uH
C77
35V470uF
R92
1K_2012
R91
220_2012
C71
35V1000uFX2
C75
C74
16V1000uF
D104
60V20A
C73
1KV103K
D105
200V20AX2
D103
T01
D11
1KV1A-CHIP
R23
47_3216
C15
ZD11
20V-CHIP
R17
R27
100X2_3216
C18
AD102
ZD12
20V-CHIP
Q11
600V4A
C12
630V333K
D01
1KV1A-CHIP
C14
R16
R15
R14
R05
1W22(mini)
3
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Fuser Count
CON3-1
R58
4.7K_2012
R57
1K_2012
CON3-2
24VS
F02
250V5A
AR04
600V
LF002
CV930160
R54
1W50m
L51
1025
R55
1/2W180(MINI)
R56
1W1.5KJ(mini)
0
PC51
TLP3061F
Q52
2222A-CHIP
1
C51
630V333K
Q51
600V16A
R51
1W50m
R53
91JX2_3216
R52
AR01
600V
R03
R02
R01
200K_3216X3
C03
AD102
C02
AD102
L01
NC
AR03
1KV
R04
1K_2012
100n_2012
A
B
CON2-1
CON2-2
C01
224
LF01
DV508080BS
0
C
CON1 TNR01
10D221
F01
250V8A
0
D
TYPE III-V1
GND
4
2
200KX3_3216
1
FB
2
39KX3_3216
10.6 SMPS_V1
35V22uF
R59
22_2012
0
C52
104K_2012
1
C51
630V333K
HEATSINK
TNR11
7D221
R22
5W0.25
Q12
600V11A
R18
10_2012
AR02
1KV
R21
100_2012
R20
10K_2012
R19
100_2012
D12
1N4148
C04
104
TH01
10D9
Q01
600V12A
2
3
7
5
CS
NC
OUT
U11
IC_1207A-CHIP
C11
450V220uF
BD01
600V4A
C05
104K_2012
1
6
8
C13
1n_2012
PC11-1
817B
DEMAG
VCC
VI
R13
R12
R11
C17
AD102
C16
20p_2012
3
R24
100K_2012
C72
1KV103K
PC11-2
817B
File \...\07
Size
A3
\T YPE III-V2_Rev0.9.sch
No.
.docno.
4
F72
250V4A
Date 2005/08/26
4
Time 12:05
note5
note4
note3
note2
CON3-4,6,8,10
GND
CON3-12,14,16
5V 3A
CON3-11,13,15
GND
A
B
C
Service Manual
1 of 1
C76
16V1000uF
F71
250V5A
Q71
2222A-CHIP
note1
R94
1KF_2012
R93
1KF_2012
R76
470_2012
CON3-3,5,7,9
24V 4A
D
10-25
Schematic Diagram
R77
R75
200_2012 3W120
ZD71
20V-CHIP
Rev.
REV 0.9
C91
225_2012
U91
431-CHIP
TYPE III-V2 REV 0.9
Title
L71
5uH
C77
35V470uF
R92
1K_2012
R91
220_2012
C71
35V1000uFX2
C75
C74
16V1000uF
D104
60V20A
C73
1KV103K
D105
200V20AX2
D103
T01
D11
1KV1A-CHIP
R23
47_3216
C15
ZD11
20V-CHIP
R17
R27
100X2_3216
C18
AD102
ZD12
20V-CHIP
Q11
600V4A
C14
R16
R15
C12
630V333K
D01
1KV1A-CHIP
R14
91K_3216
R05
1W22(mini)
3
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Fuser Count
CON3-1
R58
4.7K_2012
R57
1K_2012
CON3-2
24VS
F02
250V5A
AR04
600V
LF002
CV930160
R54
1W50m
L51
1025
R55
1/2W180(MINI)
R56
1W1.5KJ(mini)
0
PC51
TLP3061F
Q52
2222A-CHIP
R03
R02
R01
200K_3216X3
C03
AD102
C02
AD102
Q51
600V16A
R51
1W50m
AR01
600V
R53
91JX2_3216
R52
Samsung Electronics
CON2-1
CON2-2
C01
224
L01
EI19
AR03
1KV
R04
1K_2012
100n_2012
A
B
C
CON1 TNR01
10D561
LF01
CV505110B
0
F01
250V8A
0
D
TYPE III-V2
GND
4
2
200KX3_3216
1
FB
2
200KX2_3216
SMPS_V2
35V22uF
10-26
Service Manual
10.7 SCF(1/2)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagram
Samsung Electronics
SCF(2/2)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Service Manual
10-27
Schematic Diagram
Changed by
6
Date Changed
Time Changed
10-28
Service Manual
1
2
4
5
Wednesday, April 13, 2005
2:03:14 pm
7
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
3
QA CHK
MFG ENGR CHK
DOC CTRL CHK
R&D CHK
Drawn by
Engineer
TITLE:
jig
REV
1
Drawing Number
8
1
of
Size
1
A3
F
Samsung Electronics
Sheet
ELBERT ADF PBA
Address
City
COMPANY NAME
E
E
F
D
8
D
7
C
6
C
5
B
4
B
3
A
2
Schematic Diagram
A
1
10.8 ADF PBA
Samsung Electronics
10.9 Modem(1/4)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Service Manual
10-29
Schematic Diagram
10-30
Service Manual
Modem(2/4)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagram
Samsung Electronics
Modem(3/4)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Service Manual
10-31
Schematic Diagram
10-32
Service Manual
Modem(4/4)
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagram
Samsung Electronics
10.10 Connection
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Service Manual
10-33
Schematic Diagram
10-34
Service Manual
10.11 Terminal
This Document can not be used without Samsung’s authorization.
Samsung Electronics
Schematic Diagram
11
Connection Diagram
11. Power Signal
11.1 Main Board Power signal
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
11-1
Connection Diagram
11.2 OPE / ADF Power signal
11-2
Service Manual
Connection Diagram
11.3 HVPS / Voltage map
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
11-3
12
Reference Information
12. Reference Information
This chapter contains the tools list, list of abbreviations used in this manual, and a guide to the
location space required when installing the printer. A definition of test pages and Wireless
Network information definition is also included.
12.1 Tool for Troubleshooting
The following tools are recommended safe and easy troubleshooting as described in this service manual.
• DVM (Digital Volt Meter)
Standard : Indicates more than 3 digits.
• Driver
Standard : "-" type, "+" type (M3 long, M3 short, M2
long, M2 short).
• Cleaning Equipments
Standard : An IPA (Isopropyl Alcohol) dry wipe tissue or
a gentle neutral detergent and lint-free cloth.
• Vacuum Cleaner
• Spring Hook
Standard : For general use
• Tweezers
Standard : For general home use, small type.
• Cotton Swab
Standard : For general home use, for medical service.
• Software (Driver) installation CD ROM
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
12-1
Reference Information
12.2 Acronyms and Abbreviations
The table in the below explains abbreviations used in this service manual.
The contents of this service manual are declared with abbreviations in many parts. Please refer to the
table.
AC
Alternating Current
IC
integrated circuit
ADF
Automatic Document Feeder
IDE
ASIC
Application Specific Integrated Circuit
Intelligent Drive electronics or Imbedded
Drive Electronics
ASSY
assembly
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers. Inc
BIOS
Basic Input Output System
IPA
Isopropy Alcohol
CCD
Charge Coupled Device
IPM
Images Per Minute
CMOS
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
LAN
local area network
CN
connector
lb
pound(s)
CON
connector
LBP
Laser Beam Printer
CPU
Central Processing Unit
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
CRUM
Customer Replaceable Unit Memory
LED
Light Emitting Diode
dB
decibel
LSU
Laser Scanning Unit
dbA
decibelampere
MB
Megabyte
dBM
decibel milliwatt
MFP
Multi-Functional Product
DC
direct current
MHz
Megahertz
DCU
Diagnostic Control Unit
NVRAM
Nonvolatile random access memory
DPI
Dot Per Inch
OPC
Organic Photo Conductor
DRAM
Dynamic Random Access Memory
PBA
Printed Board Assembly
DVM
Digital Voltmeter
PCL
ECP
Enhanced Capability Port
Printer Command Language , Printer Control
Language
PDL
Page Discription Language
PPM
Page Per Minute
PTL
Pre-Transfer Lamp
Q’ty
Quantity
RAM
Random Access Memory
ROM
Read Only Memory
SCF
Second Cassette Feeder
SMPS
Switching Mode Power Supply
SPGP
Samsung Printer Graphic Processor
SPL
Samsung Printer Language
Spool
Simultaneous Peripheral Operation Online
SW
Switch
Sync
Synchronous or synchronization
TBD
To Be Determined
USB
Universal Serial Bus
EEPROM Electronically Erasable Programmable Read
Only Memory
12-2
EMI
Electro Magnetic Interference
EP
electrophotographic
EPP
Enhanced Parallel Port
FCOT
First Copy Out Time
F/W
firmware
GDI
graphics device interface
GND
ground
HBP
Host Based Printing
HDD
Hard Disk Drive
HV
high voltage
HVPS
High Voltage Power Supply
I/F
interface
I/O
Input and Output
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
Reference Information
12.3 The Sample Pattern for the Test
The sample pattern shown in below is the standard pattern used in the factory.
The life of the toner cartridge and the printing speed are measured using the pattern shown below.
(The image is 70% of the actual A4 size).
12.3.1 A4 ISO 19752 Standard Pattern
This test page is reproduced at 70% of the normal A4 size
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
12-3
Reference Information
12.4 Wireless LAN
• This product uses a printing function with a wireless LAN, which is an option.
- The wireless LAN function uses a frequency instead of connecting LAN cable to connect data to
an access point for print.
- For a wireless LAN connection, an AP is needed, It is possible to use wireless LAN onnection with
wired LAN. Also, if AP is installed in an office or at home, the wireless LAN function can be simply
used.
• Types of desk top PC (or Lap top) that uses the wireless LAN.
Division
Basic type
Recommend type
CPU
Over PENTIUM 233M
PENTIUM 300MHz
MEMORY
Over 64MB
Over 128MB
VIDEO CARD
Over 800X600
Over 1024X768
OS
Over WINDOWS 98
Over WINDOWS ME
INTERFACE CARD
A product has a certificated mark of Wi-FiTM
• About the certificated mark of Wi-FiTM
- The Wi-FiTM is a registered trademark of WECA (Wireless Ethernet
Compatibility Alliance). Over 50 of a wireless LAN companies are member
of it. The most of main wireless networking companies are attending and
the main companies are Lucent technologies, Cisco, Intel/Symbol, 3Com,
Enterasys (Cabletron), Compaq, IBM, Nokia, Dell, Philips, Samsung electronic, Sony, Intersil, and so on. This mark certifies mutual compatibility
among product has Wi-FiTM (IEEE 802.1) and it is certified as a standard of
a wireless LAN market.
12-4
Service Manual
Samsung Electronics
ELECTRONICS
GSPN (Global Service Partner Network)
North America : service.samsungportal.com
Latin America : latin.samsungportal.com
CIS : cis.samsungportal.com
Europe : europe.samsungportal.com
China : china.samsungportal.com
Asia : asia.samsungportal.com
Mideast & Africa : mea.samsungportal.com
Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. February. 2006
Printed in Korea.
VERSION NO. : 1.01
CODE : JC-0157Z